English Vocabulary

English Vocabulary 1. 2. 3. 4.

Irregular Verbs - Elementary Level Irregular Verbs - Intermediate Level Idioms Parts 1 & 2 Phrasal Verbs in Situations

© DIM Nauka i Multimedia 2012 Course writers: Dorota Guzik, Dominika Tkaczyk Voices: Maybe Theatre Company in Gdansk, Poland Recorded & mastered: Mariusz Zaczkowski MTS Studio ISBN 978-83-63099-16-9 © Reading Booklet DIM Nauka i Multimedia 2012 All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocoping, recording or any information storage or retrieval system, without the written permission of DIM Nauka i Multimedia, ul. Milskiego 1, 80-809 Gdansk, Poland

© DIM Nauka i Multimedia ul. Milskiego 1; 80-809 Gdansk, Poland www.languagehobby.com / www.audiokursy.pl e-mail: [email protected]

1

Contents

Page Track

1. Irregular Verbs - Elementary Level Part one Part two Part three Part four Part five Part six Glossary

A typical day Shopping Holidays Free time At work Test yourself French / Glossaire German / Wörterbuch Japanese / 表表表 Polish / Słowniczek Spanish / Glosario Russian / Словарик

4 7 10 13 17 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

♪ 1-7 ♪ 8-14 ♪ 15-21 ♪ 22-28 ♪ 29-35 ♪ 36

34 38 42 46 50 54 56 58 60 62 64 66

♪ 1-7 ♪ 8-15 ♪ 16-22 ♪ 23-30 ♪ 31-38 ♪ 39

68 72 76 80 84 89 94 98 102 106 110 114 118

♪ 1-4 ♪ 5-8 ♪ 9-12 ♪ 13-16 ♪ 17-20 ♪ 21-24 ♪ 25-28 ♪ 29-32 ♪ 33-36 ♪ 37-40 ♪ 41-44 ♪ 45-48 ♪ 49-52

122 126 130 134 138 142 147

♪ 53-56 ♪ 57-60 ♪ 61-64 ♪ 65-67 ♪ 68-71 ♪ 72-74 ♪ 75

2. Irregular Verbs - Intermediate Level Part one Part two Part three Part four Part five Part six Glossary

Hobbies A trip The ceremony A disaster A school test Test yourself French / Glossaire German / Wörterbuch Japanese / 表表表 Polish / Słowniczek Spanish / Glosario Russian / Словарик

3. Idioms Parts 1 & 2 PART ONE Lesson 1 Lesson 2 Lesson 3 Lesson 4 Lesson 5 Lesson 6 Lesson 7 Lesson 8 Lesson 9 Lesson 10 Lesson 11 Lesson 12 Lesson 13 PART TWO Lesson 14 Lesson 15 Lesson 16 Lesson 17 Lesson 18 Lesson 19 Lesson 20

IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS BUSINESS AND MONEY WORK TIME CONVERSATION DISCUSSION PROBLEMS BEHAVIOUR FEELINGS HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH CRIME ENTERTAINMENT HOLIDAY / TRAVEL FAMILY DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS ANIMALS PARTS OF THE BODY COLOURS COMPARISON BINOMINALS SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS PROVERBS

2

Contents Glossary

Page French / Glossaire German / Wörterbuch Japanese / 表表表 Polish / Słowniczek Spanish / Glosario Russian / Словарик

Track

148 156 165 174 182 190

4. Phrasal Verbs in Situations Lesson 1 Lesson 2 Lesson 3 Lesson 4 Lesson 5 Lesson 6 Lesson 7 Lesson 8 Lesson 9 Lesson 10 Lesson 11 Lesson 12 Glossary

Phrasal verbs with OUT Phrasal verbs with OUT Phrasal verbs with OFF Phrasal verbs with THROUGH Phrasal verbs with INTO Phrasal verbs with OVER Phrasal verbs with UP Phrasal verbs with UP Phrasal verbs with DOWN Phrasal verbs with AWAY Phrasal verbs with ON Phrasal verbs with BACK French / Glossaire German / Wörterbuch Japanese / 表表表 Polish / Słowniczek Spanish / Glosario Russian / Словарик

199 201 203 206 208 210 212 214 216 218 220 222 224 229 234 240 245 250

♪ 1-4 ♪ 5-8 ♪ 9-12 ♪ 13-16 ♪ 17-20 ♪ 21-24 ♪ 25-28 ♪ 29-32 ♪ 33-36 ♪ 37-40 ♪ 41-44 ♪ 45-48

3

English Vocabulary 1. Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level PART ONE

A TYPICAL DAY

Exercise one Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. sleep 2. wake 3. get 4. have 5. eat 6. drink 7. leave 8. come 9. meet 10. go

slept woke got had ate drank left came met went

♪1

slept woken got had eaten drunk left come met gone

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪2

Yesterday I slept badly. I woke up at about 6:30 as usual. I got up quickly and had a shower. Then I ate a ham sandwich and drank a cup of tea. I left home at 7:15 and came back at 6:00 in the afternoon. Then I had dinner and met my friends in the pub. I went to bed at midnight. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

Yesterday I slept badly. I woke up at about 6:30 as usual. I got up quickly. I had a shower. I ate a ham sandwich. I drank a cup of tea.

♪3

-

I left home at 7:15. I came back at 6:00 in the afternoon. Then I had dinner. I met my friends in the pub. I went to bed at midnight.

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about you. -

How did you sleep yesterday? … Yesterday I slept very badly.

-

♪4

What time did you wake up? … I woke up at about 6:30 as usual. 4

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

-

How did you get up? … I got up quickly.

-

What time did you leave home? … I left home at 7:15.

-

What did you have then? … I had a shower.

-

What time did you come back? … I came back at 6:00 in the afternoon.

-

What did you eat for breakfast? … I ate a ham sandwich.

-

-

What did you drink? … I drank a cup of tea.

-

Where did you meet your friends?? … I met my friends in the pub.

-

When did you go to bed? … I went to bed at midnight.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪5

1. Have you slept well today? 2. Why haven’t you woken up the children? 3. He has just got a new computer. 4. They haven’t had a good time at the party. 5. She has eaten five cakes today. 6. Have you ever drunk coffee with lemon juice? 7. They have just left. 8. Has she come to the office yet? 9. We haven’t met Mark for ages. 10. Oh! We’re late. The train has already gone. Exercise six. ♪6 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words. 1. (sleep well today) Have you…? Have you slept well today? 2. (wake up the children) Why haven’t you…? Why haven’t you woken up the children? 3. (just get a new computer) He has… He has just got a new computer.

4. (have a good time) They haven’t… They haven’t had a good time at the party. 5. (eat 5 cakes) She has… She has eaten five cakes today. 6. (drink coffee with lemon juice) Have you ever…? Have you ever drunk coffee with lemon juice? 5

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

7. (leave) They have just… They have just left.

9. (meet Mark for ages) We haven’t… We haven’t met Mark for ages.

8. (come to the office) Has she…? Has she come to the office yet?

10. (go) The train has already… The train has already gone.

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪7 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1. sleep sleep

… slept

… slept

6. drink drink

… drank

… drunk

2. wake wake

… woke

… woken

7. leave leave

… left

… left

3. get get

… got

… got

8. come come

… came

… come

4. have have

… had

… had

9. meet meet

… met

… met

5. eat eat

… ate

… eaten

10. go go

… went

… gone

6

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART TWO

HOLIDAYS

Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. spend 2. fly 3. drive 4. take 5. feel 6. put 7. sit 8. sing 9. swim 10. send

spent flew drove took felt put sat sang swam sent

♪8

spent flown driven taken felt put sat sung swum sent

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪9

Last year we spent our holiday in Greece. We flew to Athens and then we drove to a small town at the seaside. The journey took us 10 hours. We felt very tired but happy. My boyfriend put up a tent, and in the evening we sat around the fire and sang songs. The next day we swam in the sea and I sent some postcards to our friends. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

Last year we spent our holiday in Greece. We flew to Athens. Then we drove to a small town at the seaside. The journey took us 10 hours. We felt very tired but happy. My boyfriend put up a tent. In the evening we sat around the fire and sang songs. The next day we swam in the sea. I sent some postcards to our friends.

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about your last holiday. -

♪10

♪11

Where did you spend your last holiday? … Last year we spent our holiday in Greece. 7

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

-

How did you travel? … We flew to Athens.

-

Where did you sit in the evening? … In the evening we sat around the fire.

-

How much time did the journey take? … The journey took us 10 hours.

-

What did you do? … We sang songs.

-

Where did you swim the next day? … We swam in the sea.

-

Who did you send the postcards to? … I sent some postcards to our friends.

-

How did you feel after the journey? … We felt very tired but happy.

-

Who put up your tent? … My boyfriend put up our tent.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪12

1. Recently I have spent a lot of time with my family. 2. They have just flown to Paris. 3. How many kilometres have you driven today? 4. He has taken a holiday English course. 5. Lately I haven’t felt very well. 6. He has put on his sunglasses. 7. Have you ever sat on horseback? 8. This pop group has sung a new hit song this summer. 9. They have swum 10 kilometres today. 10. She has already sent the invitations for her wedding. Exercise six. ♪13 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words. 1. (spend a lot of time with my family) Recently I have… Recently I have spent a lot of time with my family. 2. (fly to Paris) They have just… They have just flown to Paris. 3. (drive) How many kilometres have you…? How many kilometres have you driven today? 8

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

4. (take a holiday English course) He has… He has taken a holiday English course. 5. (feel very well) Lately I haven’t… Lately I haven’t felt very well. 6. (put on his sunglasses) He has… He has put on his sunglasses. 7. (sit on horseback) Have you ever…? Have you ever sat on horseback? 8. (sing a new hit song) This pop group has… This pop group has sung a new hit song this summer. 9. (swim 10 km) They have… They have swum 10 kilometres today. 10. (send the invitations for the wedding) She has already… She has already sent the invitations for her wedding. Exercise seven. Revision. ♪14 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1. spend spend

… spent

… spent

6. put put

… put

… put

2. fly fly

… flew

… flown

7. sit sit

… sat

… sat

3. drive drive

… drove

… driven

8. sing sing

… sang

… sung

4. take take

… took

… taken

9. swim swim

… swam

… swum

5. feel feel

… felt

… felt

10. send send

… sent

… sent

9

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART THREE

SHOPPING

Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. do 2. give 3. lose 4. forget 5. find 6. cost 7. think 8. be 9. buy 10. pay

did gave lost forgot found cost thought was/were bought paid

♪15

done given lost forgotten found cost thought been bought paid

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪16

Last week I did the shopping in the supermarket. My mother gave me a shopping list but I lost it somewhere. As a result I forgot to buy some vegetables and cornflakes. In the clothes section I found a wonderful skirt but it cost a fortune. I thought it was great so I bought it anyway. Fortunately, I paid by credit card. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

Last week I did the shopping in the supermarket. My mother gave me a shopping list. I lost it somewhere. I forgot to buy some vegetables.

♪17

-

I found a wonderful skirt. It cost a fortune. I thought it was great. I bought it anyway. I paid by credit card.

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about you. -

Where did you do the shopping last week? … Last week I did the shopping in the supermarket.

-

What did your mother give you? … My mother gave me a shopping list.

♪18

10

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

-

Where did you lose it? … I lost it somewhere.

-

What did you forget to buy? … I forgot to buy some vegetables.

-

What did you find in the clothes section? … I found a wonderful skirt.

-

How much did it cost?

-

… It cost a fortune.

-

What did you think of it? … I thought it was great.

-

What did you buy? … I bought a skirt.

-

How did you pay? … I paid by credit card.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪19

1. Have you done the shopping today? 2. He has given me some money for a new coat. 3. Oh, no! I have lost my purse! 4. They have forgotten about the winter sales in the centre. 5. Have they found that book about Chopin? 6. Our new car has cost a lot of money. 7. Have you thought of buying a new bicycle? 8. 8. I haven’t been to the new shopping centre yet. 9. 9. She has already bought the tickets for the concert. 10. He hasn’t paid for his CDs yet. Exercise six. ♪20 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words. 1. (do the shopping) Have you…? Have you done the shopping today? 2. (give me some money for a new coat) He has… He has given me some money for a new coat. 3. (lose a purse) I have…! I have lost my purse! 4. (forget about the winter sales) They have …. They have forgotten about the winter sales in the centre. 11

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

5. (find a book about Chopin ) Have they…? Have they found that book about Chopin? 6. (cost a lot of money) Our new car has… Our new car has cost a lot of money. 7. (think of buying a new bicycle) Have you…? Have you thought of buying a new bicycle? 8. (be to the new shopping centre) I haven’t… I haven’t been to the new shopping centre yet. 9. (buy the tickets for the concert) She has already… She has already bought the tickets for the concert. 10. (pay for his CDs) He hasn’t… He hasn’t paid for his CDs yet. Exercise seven. Revision. ♪21 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1. do do

… did

… done

6. cost cost

… cost

… cost

2. give give

… gave

… given

7. think think

… thought

… thought

3. lose lose

… lost

… lost

8. be be

… … was/were been

4. forget forget

… forgot

… forgotten

9. buy buy

… bought

… bought

5. find find

… found

… found

10. pay pay

… paid

… paid

12

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART FOUR

FREE TIME

Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. build 2. begin 3. wear 4. make 5. run 6. break 7. win 8. become 9. sell 10. say

built began wore made ran broke won became sold said

♪22

built begun worn made run broken won become sold said

Exercise two. Use of the Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪23

Last year they built a new stadium at our school, and yesterday the school championship began there. Our school team wore special white and black tracksuits, and the headmaster made a speech at the opening ceremony. Then the older boys ran a distance of 5 km and our friend broke the school record. In team sports the girls from the college in the centre won the volleyball competition but our girls became champions in basketball like a year before. The school canteen sold sandwiches and sweets, and everybody said they had a great time. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

♪24

Last year they built a new stadium at our school. Yesterday the school championship began. Our school team wore special white and black tracksuits. The headmaster made a speech at the opening ceremony. The older boys ran a distance of 5 km. Our friend broke the school record. The girls won the volleyball competition. Our girls became champions in basketball. The school canteen sold sandwiches and sweets. Everybody said they had a great time.

13

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text. -

Where did they build a new stadium? … Last year they built a new stadium at our school.

-

When did the school championship begin? … The school championship began yesterday.

-

What did the school team wear? … The school team wore special white and black tracksuits.

-

When did the headmaster make a speech? … The headmaster made a speech at the opening ceremony.

-

What distance did the older boys run? … The older boys ran a distance of 5 km.

-

What record did our friend break? … Our friend broke the school record.

-

What team sports did the girls from the centre win? … The girls won the volleyball competition.

-

What did the school canteen sell? … The school canteen sold sandwiches and sweets.

-

What did everybody say about the championship? … Everybody said they had a great time.

Exercise five. The Past Participle form. Listen and repeat the sentences. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

♪25

♪26

Have they built a new swimming pool in your district? The film festival has just begun in our town. They have worn their special clothes for the party. Has she spoken with you about our plans for the weekend? He has run 10 km today. They have broken many records at the Olympic Games. 14

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

7. Lately our football team has won all its matches. 8. He has become a famous writer. 9. I hope she hasn’t sold the old magazines yet. 10. What have the critics said about his new album? Exercise six. ♪27 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words. 1. (build a new swimming pool) Have they…? Have they built a new swimming pool in your district? 2. (begin in our town) The film festival has just… The film festival has just begun in our town. 3. (wear special clothes for the party) They have… They have worn their special clothes for the party. 4. (speak with you about our plans for the weekend) Has she…? Has she spoken with you about our plans for the weekend? 5. (run 10 km today) He has… He has run 10 km today. 6. (break many records at the Olympic Games) They have… They have broken many records at the Olympic Games. 7. (win all its matches) Lately our football team has… Lately our football team has won all its matches. 8. (become a famous writer) He has… He has become a famous writer. 9. (sell the old magazines) I hope she hasn’t… I hope she hasn’t sold the old magazines yet. 10. (say about his new album) What have the critics…? What have the critics said about his new album?

15

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪28 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1. build build

… built

… built

6. break break

… broke

… broken

2. begin begin

… began

… begun

7. win win

… won

… won

3. wear wear

… wore

… worn

8. become … become became

… become

4. make make

… made

… made

9. sell sell

… sold

… sold

5. run run

… ran

… run

10. say say

… said

… said

16

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART FIVE

AT WORK

Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. read 2. fall 3. see 4. hear 5. write 6. speak 7. tell 8. bring 9. know 10. lend

read fell saw heard wrote spoke told brought knew lent

♪29

read fallen seen heard written spoken told brought known lent

Exercise two. Use of the Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪30

Last week was terrible in our office. First we read last year’s statistics. Unfortunately profits fell. Then we saw the plans for this year, and we heard about the conference on the new projects. So I wrote the schedule and spoke with the manager about the details. He told me about the reductions in the office and brought the sales numbers. I knew the results very well. Finally, he lent me the materials to read at the weekend. That was enough! Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

We read last year’s statistics. Unfortunately profits fell. We saw the plans for this year. We heard about the conference. I wrote the schedule. I spoke with the manager about the details.

♪31

-

He told me about the reductions in the office. He brought the sales numbers. I knew the results very well. He lent me the materials to read at the weekend.

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text. -

What did they read? … They read last year’s statistics.

-

♪32

What did they see in the office? … They saw the plans for this year.

17

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

-

What did they hear about? … They heard about the conference.

-

What did he bring? … He brought the sales numbers.

-

What did he write? … He wrote the schedule.

-

What did he know very well? … He knew the results very well.

-

What did he speak about with the manager? … He spoke with the manager about the details.

-

What did the manager lend him? … The manager lent him the materials to read at the weekend.

-

-

What did the manager tell him about? … He told him about the reductions in the office.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪33

1. Have you seen our new fax machine? 2. They haven’t read the materials for the campaign yet. 3. The sales numbers have fallen dramatically recently. 4. Have you heard about the results? 5. He has written a new computer program. 6. Have they spoken with the advertising agency yet? 7. I have told you everything about the deadlines. 8. They have just brought the new computers to our office. 9. How long have you known about the statistics? 10. We have lent the printer to the finance department. Exercise six. ♪34 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words. 1. (read the materials for the campaign) They haven’t… They haven’t read the materials for the campaign yet. 2. (fall dramatically) The sales numbers have… The sales numbers have fallen dramatically recently.

18

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

3. (see our new fax machine) Have you… Have you seen our new fax machine? 4. (hear about the results) Have you…? Have you heard about the results? 5. (write a new computer program) He has… He has written a new computer program. 6. (speak with the advertising agency) Have they…? Have they spoken with the advertising agency yet? 7. (tell you everything about the deadlines) I have… I have told you everything about the deadlines. 8. (just bring the new computers to our office) They have… They have just brought the new computers to our office. 9. (know about the statistics) How long have you…? How long have you known about the statistics? 10. (lend the printer to the finance department) We have… We have lent the printer to the finance department. Exercise seven. Revision. ♪35 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1. see see

… saw

… seen

6. speak speak

… spoke

… spoken

2. read read

… read

… read

7. tell tell

… told

… told

3. fall fall

… fell

… fallen

8. bring bring

… brought

… brought

4. hear hear

… heard

… heard

9. know know

… knew

… known

5. write write

… wrote

… written

10. lend lend

… lent

… lent 19

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART SIX

TEST YOURSELF

♪36

Go through the list of irregular verbs. Complete each example. Then check your answer. 1. be be 2. become become 3. begin begin 4. break break 5. bring bring 6. build build 7. buy buy 8. come come 9. cost cost 10. do do 11. drink drink 12. drive drive 13. eat eat 14. fall fall 15. feel feel 16. find find 17. fly fly 18. forget forget 19. get get 20. give give

… was/were … became … began … broke … brought … built … bought … came … cost … did … drank … drove … ate … fell … felt … found … flew … forgot … got … gave

… been … become … begun … broken … brought … built … bought … come … cost … done … drunk … driven … eaten … fallen … felt … found … flown … forgotten … got … given

21. go go 22. have have 23. hear hear 24. know know 25. leave leave 26. lend lend 27. lose lose 28. make make 29. meet meet 30. pay pay 31. put put 32. read read 33. run run 34. say say 35. see see 36. sell sell 37. send send 38. sing sing 39. sit sit 40. sleep sleep

… went … had … heard … knew … left … lent … lost … made … met … paid … put … read … ran … said … saw … sold … sent … sang … sat … slept

… gone … had … heard … known … left … lent … lost … made … met … paid … put … read … run … said … seen … sold … sent … sung … sat … slept 20

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

41. speak speak 42. spend spend 43. swim swim 44. take take 45. tell tell

… spoke … spent … swam … took … told

… spoken … spent … swum … taken … told

46. think think 47. wake wake 48. wear wear 49. win win 50. write write

… thought … woke … wore … won … wrote

… thought … waken … worn … won … written

21

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSSAIRE PART ONE

A TYPICAL DAY

sleep wake get have eat drink leave come meet go

slept woken got had eaten drunk left come met gone

slept woke got had ate drank left came met went

dormir se réveiller recevoir, obtenir ; ici : get up - se lever avoir ; ici : have a shower - prendre une douche manger boire laisser, partir venir rencontrer aller

PART TWO

HOLIDAYS

spend fly drive take feel put sit sing swim send

spent flown driven taken felt put sat sung swum sent

spent flew drove took felt put sat sang swam sent

dépenser, passer aller (en avion) conduire, aller (en voiture) prendre se sentir mettre ; ici : put up a tent - monter une tente s’asseoir, être assis chanter nager, se baigner envoyer

PART THREE

SHOPPING

do give lose forget find cost think be buy pay

done given lost forgotten found cost thought been bought paid

did gave lost forgot found cost thought was/were bought paid

faire donner perdre oublier trouver coûter penser être acheter payer

22

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

FREE TIME

build begin wear make run break win become sell say

built begun worn made run broken won become sold said

built began wore made ran broke won became sold said

construire commencer porter faire ; ici : make a speech - faire un discours courir casser ; ici : break a record - battre un record gagner devenir vendre dire

PART FIVE

AT WORK

read fall see hear write speak tell bring know lend

read fallen seen heard written spoken told brought known lent

read fell saw heard wrote spoke told brought knew lent

lire tomber, baisser voir entendre écrire parler dire, parler apporter savoir, connaître prêter

23

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - Wörterbuch PART ONE

A TYPICAL DAY

sleep wake get have eat drink leave come meet

slept woke got had ate drank left came met

slept woken got had eaten drunk left come met

go

went

gone

schlafen aufwachen kriegen, bringen, werden; hier: get up - aufstehen haben, besitzen; hier: have a shower - duschen essen, aufessen austrinken, trinken lassen, liegen lassen, verlassen, kommen, ankommen, stammen treffen, sich mit jemandem treffen, jemanden kennen lernen, sehen gehen, weggehen, fahren

PART TWO

HOLIDAYS

spend fly drive take feel put

spent flew drove took felt put

spent flown driven taken felt put

sit sing swim send

sat sang swam sent

sat sung swum sent

verbringen, ausgeben (Geld) fliegen Auto fahren, bringen, nehmen, hier: dauern fühlen legen, hinlegen; hier: put up a tent - Zelt aufschlagen sich setzen, sitzen singen, etwas vorsingen schwimmen schicken

PART THREE

SHOPPING

do give lose forget find cost think be buy pay

done given lost forgotten found cost thought been bought paid

did gave lost forgot found cost thought was/were bought paid

machen geben verlieren vergessen finden, entdecken kosten denken, meinen sein kaufen zahlen

24

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

FREE TIME

build begin wear make run break

built began wore made ran broke

built begun worn made run broken

win become sell say

won became sold said

won become sold said

bauen anfangen tragen machen, tun; hier: make a speech - Rede halten laufen brechen; hier: break a record - einen Rekord brechen gewinnen werden verkaufen sagen

PART FIVE

AT WORK

read fall see hear write speak tell bring know lend

read fallen seen heard written spoken told brought known lent

read fell saw heard wrote spoke told brought knew lent

lesen fallen sehen, verstehen hören schreiben sprechen sagen bringen, verursachen wissen, kennen leihen

25

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - 表表表 PART ONE

A TYPICAL DAY

sleep wake get

slept woke got

slept woken got

have

had

had

eat drink leave come meet go

ate drank left came met went

eaten drunk left come met gone

寝る 起きる （して）もらう、受け取る、得る、身につけ る。この場合、get up 起きる、立ち上がる 持つ、ある。この場合、 have a shower シャワーを浴びる 食べる 飲む 残す、出る 来る 会う、知り合う 行く

PART TWO

HOLIDAYS

spend fly drive take feel put sit sing swim send

spent flown driven taken felt put sat sung swum sent

spent flew drove took felt put sat sang swam sent

PART THREE do give lose forget find cost think be buy pay

did gave lost forgot found cost thought was/were bought paid

過ごす、（お金を）使う 飛ぶ 運転する もらう、手に取る、（時間が）かかる 感じる 置く、この場合、put up a tent テントを張る 座る 歌う 泳ぐ 送る

SHOPPING done given lost forgotten found cost thought been bought paid

する あげる、手渡す 無くす、落とす 忘れる 見つける （の金額、費用が）かかる 考える、思う （で）ある、いる、 買う、購入する （お金を）払う 26

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

FREE TIME

build begin wear make

built began wore made

built begun worn made

run break

ran broke

run broken

win become sell say

won became sold said

won become sold said

PART FIVE read fall see hear write speak tell bring know lend

read fell saw heard wrote spoke told brought knew lent

築く、建てる 始める 着る 作る、この場合、 make a speech スピーチをする、演説をする 走る 折る、破る、壊す、この場合、 break a record 記録を破る 勝つ （～に）なる 売る 言う、話す

AT WORK read fallen seen heard written spoken told brought known lent

読む 落ちる、散る 見る、 聞く 書く 話す、会話する 言う、語る 持ってくる 知る、分かる 貸す

27

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - SŁOWNICZEK PART ONE

A TYPICAL DAY

sleep wake get

slept woke got

slept woken got

have eat drink leave come meet go

had ate drank left came met went

had eaten drunk left come met gone

spać o/budzić się dost-ać/awać, przyn-ieść/osić, stawać się; tu: get up - wstać mieć, posiadać; tu: have a shower – wziąć prysznic z/jeść, z/jadać wy/pić, napić się zostawi-ć/ać, opu-ścić/szczać, wy-jść/chodzić przy-jść/chodzić, przyje-chać/żdżać, itd.; pochodzić spot-kać/ykać (się), pozna-ć/wać chodzić, pójść/iść, po/jechać

PART TWO

HOLIDAYS

spend fly drive take feel put sit sing swim send

spent flown driven taken felt put sat sung swum sent

spent flew drove took felt put sat sang swam sent

spędz-ić/ać; wyda-ć/awać (pieniądze) po/lecieć prowadzić samochód, zaw-ieźć/ozić wziąć/brać, tu: zająć/zabrać (o czasie) po/czuć (się) położyć/kłaść; tu: put up a tent - rozstawić namiot usiąść/siadać, siedzieć za/śpiewać pły-nąć/wać, przepłynąć pos-łać/yłać, wys-łać/yłać

PART THREE

SHOPPING

do give lose forget find cost think be buy pay

done given lost forgotten found cost thought been bought paid

did gave lost forgot found cost thought was/were bought paid

z/robić da-ć/wać s/tracić, z/gubić zapom-nieć/inać zna-leźć/jdować, odkry-ć/wać kosztować po/myśleć; sądzić, uważać być kup-ić/ować za/płacić

28

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

FREE TIME

build begin wear make run break win become sell say

built begun worn made run broken won become sold said

built began wore made ran broke won became sold said

z/budować zacz-ąć/ynać nosić (ubranie) z/robić; tu: make a speech - wygłosić przemówienie biegać, po/biec z/łamać, tu: break a record - pobić rekord wygr-ać/ywać sta-ć/awać się, zosta-ć/awać sprzeda-ć/awać powiedzieć, mówić

PART FIVE

AT WORK

read fall see hear write speak tell bring know lend

read fallen seen heard written spoken told brought known lent

read fell saw heard wrote spoke told brought knew lent

prze/czytać spa-ść/dać zobaczyć, widzieć, z/rozumieć u/słyszeć na/pisać mówić, rozmawiać powi-edzieć/adać, mówić przyni-eść/osić; s/powodować wiedzieć, znać pożycz-yć/ać

29

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSARIO PART ONE

A TYPICAL DAY

sleep wake get

slept woke got

slept woken got

have

had

had

eat drink leave come meet go

ate drank left came met went

eaten drunk left come met gone

dormir despertarse obtener, recibir, conseguir; aquí: get up levantarse tener, pasar; aquí: have ashower - darse una ducha, aquí: have dinner - cenar comer; aquí: eat for breakfast - desayunar beber marcharse, dejar venir, llegar; aquí: come back - regresar conocer, encontrarse con, ver ir

PART TWO

HOLIDAYS

spend fly drive take feel put sit

spent flew drove took felt put sat

spent flown driven taken felt put sat

sing swim send

sang swam sent

sung swum sent

gastar, pasar (tiempo) volar conducir coger,tomar, durar sentir poner; aquí: put up a tent - montar una tienda sentarse; aquí: to sit on horseback - montar a caballo cantar nadar enviar

PART THREE

SHOPPING

do give lose forget find cost think be buy pay

done given lost forgotten found cost thought been bought paid

did gave lost forgot found cost thought was/were bought paid

hacer dar perder olvidar encontrar costar pensar estar comprar pagar

30

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

FREE TIME

build begin wear make run break win become

built began wore made ran broke won became

built begun worn made run broken won become

sell say

sold said

sold said

construir comenzar, empezar llevar puesto, ponerse hacer; aquí: make a speach - dar un discurso correr romper; aquí: break a record - batir un récord ganar llegar a ser, convertirse en; aquí: become champions - proclamarse campeones vender decir

PART FIVE

AT WORK

read fall see hear write speak tell bring know lend

read fallen seen heard written spoken told brought known lent

read fell saw heard wrote spoke told brought knew lent

leer caer ver oir escribir hablar decir, hablar traer saber, conocer prestar

31

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - СЛОВАРИК PART ONE

A TYPICAL DAY

sleep wake get

slept woke got

slept woken got

have

had

had

eat drink leave come meet go

ate drank left came met went

eaten drunk left come met gone

спать проснуться получ-ать/ить, прин-ести/осить, становиться; здесь: get up - встать иметь, обладать; здесь: have a shower принять душ сьесть, сьедать выпить, напиться оставлять, покидать, выходить приходить, приезжать, происходить встретить, встречать, знакомиться ходить, пойти, идти

PART TWO

HOLIDAYS

spend fly drive take

spent flew drove took

spent flown driven taken

feel put

felt put

felt put

sit sing swim send

sat sang swam sent

sat sung swum sent

тратить(деньги) полететь/лететь вести машину, завести,отвести взять, брать,забрать; здесь: занять/забрать (о времени) почувствовать /чувствовать положить/класть; здесь: put up a tent разбить палатку сесть/садиться, сидеть запеть/петь плынуть/плавать, приплыть послать/посылать, высылать

PART THREE

SHOPPING

do give lose forget find cost think be buy pay

done given lost forgotten found cost thought been bought paid

did gave lost forgot found cost thought was/were bought paid

с/делать дать/давать потерять забыть/забывать найти/находить пробовать подумать, думать быть купить/покупать заплатить/платить

32

Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

FREE TIME

build begin wear make

built began wore made

built begun worn made

run break

ran broke

run broken

win become sell say

won became sold said

won become sold said

построить/строить начинать/начать носить(одежду) сделать/делать; здесь: make a speech произнести речь бегать, побежать сломать/ломать; здесь: break a rekord - побить рекорд выиграть /выигрывать становиться продать/продавать говорить,сказать

PART FIVE

AT WORK

read fall see hear write speak tell bring know lend

read fallen seen heard written spoken told brought known lent

read fell saw heard wrote spoke told brought knew lent

прочитать/читать упасть/падать увидеть/видеть услышать/слышать написать/писать говорить, разговаривать сказать, говорить принести/приносить знать одолжи/одалживать

33

English Vocabulary 2. Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level PART ONE

HOBBIES

Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. dream 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

catch draw keep stick feed bite grow smell

10. throw

dreamt/ dreamed caught drew kept stuck fed bit grew smelt/ smelled threw

♪1

dreamt/ dreamed caught drawn kept stuck fed bitten grown smelt/ smelled thrown

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪2

When I was a child I dreamt of having an exceptional hobby. First I caught butterflies in the meadows nearby. I drew their pictures and stuck them on the walls around the house. After a few months I found a hen in the field so I kept it. I fed it regularly but our dog bit her badly and she died. In summer I grew some herbs on the window sill. They smelt wonderful but then my mother threw them away. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

♪3

I dreamt of having an exceptional hobby. I caught butterflies in the meadows nearby. I drew their pictures. I stuck them on the walls around the house. I kept it. I fed it regularly. Our dog bit her badly. In summer I grew some herbs on the window sill. They smelt wonderful. My mother threw them away. 34

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text. -

What did she dream of when she was a child? … She dreamt of having an exceptional hobby.

-

Where did she catch butterflies? … She caught butterflies in the meadows nearby.

-

What pictures did she draw? … She drew pictures of butterflies.

-

Where did she stick them? … She stuck them on the walls around the house.

-

What animal did she keep? … She kept a hen.

-

How often did she feed her hen? … She fed her regularly.

-

How did the dog bite her? … The dog bit her badly.

-

What plants did she grow in summer? … She grew some herbs on the window sill.

-

How did they smell? … They smelt wonderful.

-

What did her mother throw away? … She threw the herbs away.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪4

♪5

1. They have always dreamt of adventurous holidays. 2. He has caught various species of insects in the tropical forests. 3. A teacher has drawn a map for the pupils to find the hidden treasure. 35

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. She has stuck photos with glue in the family album. 5. I have kept an abandoned cat. 6. Have you fed the fish yet? 7. My dog has bitten a large hole in my trousers. 8. They have grown unusual vegetables in their garden. 9. Have you smelt anything unusual here? 10. She has thrown away all the old toys. Exercise six. ♪6 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words in the Present Perfect tense. 1. (dream of adventurous holidays) They have always… They have always dreamt of adventurous holidays. 2. (catch various species of insects) He has… He has caught various species of insects. 3. (draw a map for the pupils) A teacher has… A teacher has drawn a map for the pupils. 4. (stick photos with glue in the family album) She has… She has stuck photos with glue in the family album. 5. (keep an abandoned cat) I have… I have kept an abandoned cat. 6. (feed the fish) Have you…? Have you fed the fish yet? 7. (bite a large hole in my trousers) My dog has… My dog has bitten a large hole in my trousers. 8. (grow unusual vegetables in the garden) They have… They have grown unusual vegetables in their garden. 9. (smell something unusual here) Have you…? Have you smelt anything unusual here?

36

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

10. (throw away all the old toys) She has… She has thrown away all the old toys. Exercise seven. Revision. ♪7 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1. dream dream

… dreamt/ dreamed

… dreamt/ dreamed

2. catch catch

… caught

… caught

3. draw draw

… drew

… drawn

4. keep keep

… kept

… kept

5. stick stick

… stuck

… stuck

6. feed feed

… fed

… fed

7. bite bite

… bit

… bitten

8. grow grow

… grew

… grown

9. smell smell

… smelt/ smelled

… smelt/ smelled

10. throw throw

… threw

… thrown

37

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART TWO

A TRIP

Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. hide 2. rise 3. set 4. stand 5. blow 6. spread 7. lie 8. shine 9. hit 10. hurt

hid rose set stood blew spread lay shone hit hurt

♪8

hidden risen set stood blown spread lain shone hit hurt

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪9

Last weekend I hid from the whole world high in the mountains. When the sun rose early in the morning I set out for a trip. After three hours’ walk I stood on the peak feeling tired but very happy. The wind blew lightly on my face and a splendid view spread out in front of me. Several tiny villages lay far down in the distance, and the dark blue streams shone brightly in the sunshine. However, on the way back I hit a stone on the path and I hurt my leg a little. Nevertheless, it was an unforgettable day. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

♪10

Last weekend I hid in the mountains. The sun rose early in the morning. I set out for a trip. After three hours’ walk I stood on the peak. The wind blew lightly on my face. A splendid view spread out in front of me. Several tiny villages lay far down in the distance. The dark blue streams shone brightly in the sunshine. On the way back I hit a stone on the path. I hurt my leg a little.

38

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text. -

Where did he hide last weekend? … Last weekend he hid in the mountains.

-

When did the sun rise? … The sun rose early in the morning.

-

Where did he set out? … He set out for a trip.

-

When did he stand on the peak? … After three hours’ walk he stood on the peak.

-

How did the wind blow on his face? … The wind blew lightly on his face.

-

Where did the view spread out? … A splendid view spread out in front of him.

-

Where did the villages lie? … Several tiny villages lay far down in the distance.

-

How did the streams shine? … The dark blue streams shone brightly in the sunshine.

-

What did he hit on the way back? … On the way back he hit a stone on the path.

-

What did he hurt? … He hurt his leg a little.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪11

♪12

1. The supplies were hidden in case of heavy rain. 2. The river has risen after the rain. 3. The price of the school trip was set at €75. 39

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. Several trees were blown down in the storm. 5. Lately the village has spread out rapidly. 6. They have always stood together in order to get what they wanted. 7. The little village has lain in ruins since the war. 8. The sun has shone all day today. 9. The roof of the old shed was hit by the lightning. 10. His feet were badly hurt during a long walk in the mountains. Exercise six. ♪13 Practise the Past Participle forms. Change the sentences into the Passive beginning with the words given. 1. They hid the supplies in case of heavy rain. The supplies… The supplies were hidden in case of heavy rain. 2. They set the price of the school trip at €75. The price of the school trip… The price of the school trip was set at €75. 3. The storm blew down several trees. Several trees… Several trees were blown down by the storm. 4. Lightning hit the roof of the old shed. The roof of the old shed… The roof of the old shed was hit by lightning. 5. He hurt his feet badly during a long walk in the mountains. His feet… His feet were badly hurt during a long walk in the mountains. Exercise seven. ♪14 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words in the Present Perfect tense. 1. (rise after the rain) The river has… The river has risen after the rain. 2. (spread out rapidly) Lately the village has… Lately the village has spread out rapidly. 3. (stand together in order to get what you want) They have always… They have always stood together in order to get what they wanted. 40

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. (lie in ruins since the war) The little village has… The little village has lain in ruins since the war. 5. (shine all day today) The sun has… The sun has shone all day today. Exercise eight. Revision. ♪15 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1.

hide hide

… hid

… hidden

2.

rise rise

… rose

… risen

3.

set set

… set

… set

4.

stand stand

… stood

… stood

5.

blow blow

… blew

… blown

6.

spread spread

… spread

… spread

7.

lie lie

… lay

… lain

8.

shine shine

… shone

… shone

9.

hit hit

… hit

… hit

10.

hurt hurt

… hurt

… hurt

41

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART THREE

THE CEREMONY

Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. hold 2. hang hang 3. let 4. lead 5. ride 6. wind 7. show 8. choose 9. light 10. burn

held hung hanged let led rode wound showed chose lit burnt/ burned

♪16

held hung hanged let led ridden wound shown chosen lit burnt/ burned

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪17

Last month the town council held a festival to celebrate the town’s five-hundredth birthday. They hung decorations in the streets and let the music bands play on the green. On the day itself local celebrities led the parade through the town, and the policemen, dressed in their ceremonial outfits, rode horses in front of them. The parade wound through the streets to the Town Hall where The Regional Crafts Contest was organised. The local artists showed their works and the authorities chose the winner. In the evening people lit fireworks but unfortunately an accident happened and a 13-year-old boy badly burned his stomach and hands. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

♪18

Last month the town council held a festival. They hung decorations in the streets. They let the music bands play on the green. Local celebrities led the parade through the town. The policemen rode horses in front of the parade. The parade wound through the streets to the Town Hall. The local artists showed their works. The authorities chose the winner. In the evening people lit fireworks. A boy badly burned his stomach and hands. 42

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text. -

What did the town council hold to celebrate the town’s birthday? … The town council held a festival.

-

What did they hang in the streets? … They hung decorations in the streets.

-

Where did the authorities let the music bands play? … They let the music bands play on the green.

-

Where did local celebrities lead the parade? … Local celebrities led the parade through the town.

-

Where did the policemen ride horses? … The policemen rode horses in front of the parade.

-

Where did the parade wind? … The parade wound through the streets to the Town Hall.

-

What did the local artists show? … The local artists showed their works.

-

Who did the authorities choose at the contest? … The authorities chose the winner.

-

What did people light in the evening? … In the evening people lit fireworks.

-

What did a boy burn badly? … A boy badly burned his stomach and hands.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪19

♪20

1. The Chinese New Year festivities are held at the end of January. 2. Streamers and balloons are hung to decorate houses for New Year’s Eve. 3. The top floor of the house is let out to the young couple. 43

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. The procession was led by the priest through the streets of the town. 5. The winning horse was ridden by a novice. 6. The old town clock was wound up for the ceremony. 7. The performance of traditional old dances was shown at the end of the ceremony. 8. The country’s national clothes were chosen for the annual fair. 9. The candles were lit in the reception room. 10. On the first day of spring, Mary dolls are burned to force out the winter. Exercise six. ♪21 Practise the Past Participle forms. Change the sentences into the Passive beginning with the words given. 1. They hold the Chinese New Year festivities at the end of January. The Chinese New Year festivities… The Chinese New Year festivities are held at the end of January. 2. They hang streamers and balloons to decorate houses for New Year’s Eve. Streamers and balloons… Streamers and balloons are hung to decorate houses for New Year’s Eve. 3. They let out the top floor of the house to a young couple. The top floor of the house… The top floor of the house is let out to a young couple. 4. The priest led the procession through the streets of the town. The procession… The procession was led by the priest through the streets of the town. 5. A novice rode the winning horse. The winning horse… The winning horse was ridden by a novice. 6. They wound up the old town clock for the ceremony. The old town clock… The old town clock was wound up for the ceremony. 7. They showed the performance of traditional old dances at the end of the ceremony. The performance of traditional old dances… The performance of traditional old dances was shown at the end of the ceremony. 8. They chose the country’s national clothes for the annual fair. The country’s national clothes… The country’s national clothes were chosen for the annual fair. 9. They lit the candles in the reception room. The candles… The candles were lit in the reception room.

44

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

10. On the first day of spring, people burn Mary dolls to force out the winter. On the first day of spring, Mary dolls… On the first day of spring, Mary dolls are burned to force out the winter. Exercise seven. Revision. ♪22 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1.

hold hold

… held

… held

2.

hang hang

… hung (hanged

… hung (hanged)

3.

let let

… let

… let

4.

lead lead

… led

… led

5.

ride ride

… rode

… ridden

6.

wind wind

… wound

… wound

7.

show show

… showed

… shown

8.

choose choose

… chose

… chosen

9.

light light

… lit

… li

10.

burn burn

… burnt/ burned

… burnt/ burned

45

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART FOUR

A DISASTER

Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. strike 2. burst 3. fight 4. ring 5. deal 6. sink 7. seek 8. can 9. freeze 10. spill

struck burst fought rang dealt sank sought could froze spilt

♪23

struck burst fought rung dealt sunk sought been able to frozen spilt

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. Listen to the news.

♪24

Disaster struck in the town of Ipswich early in the morning when flames burst out in the apartment block in the centre. The residents immediately rang for the Fire Brigade, which fought with the fire until noon but they did not manage to save the building. Fortunately, people were evacuated safely with no injuries, and the town authorities dealt with the problem of temporary accommodation for them. An oil tanker sank during the storm in the North Sea yesterday evening. Although three rescue teams sought the victims, they could not save all of them. Two seamen froze to death because of the low temperatures. To make it worse, the oil spilt on the surface of the sea, which made the rescue action even more difficult. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

♪25

Disaster struck in the town of Ipswich early in the morning. The flames burst out in the apartment block in the centre. The residents immediately rang for the Fire Brigade. They fought with the fire until noon. The town authorities dealt with the problem of temporary accommodation. An oil tanker sank during the storm in the North Sea. Three rescue teams sought the victims. They could not save all of them. Two seamen froze to death. The oil spilt on the surface of the sea. 46

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the news. -

When did disaster strike in the town of Ipswich? … Disaster struck in the town of Ipswich early in the morning.

-

Where did the flames burst out? … The flames burst out in the apartment block in the centre.

-

Who did the residents ring for? … The residents immediately rang for the Fire Brigade.

-

How long did the fire brigade fight with the fire? … They fought with the fire until noon.

-

What problem did the town authorities deal with? … The town authorities dealt with the problem of temporary accommodation.

-

Where did an oil tanker sink during the storm? … An oil tanker sank during the storm in the North Sea.

-

Who did the rescue team seek? … The rescue teams sought the victims.

-

Could they save all the victims? … No, they could not.

-

Why did the two seamen freeze to death? … They froze to death because of the low temperatures.

-

Where did the oil spill? … The oil spilt on the surface of the sea.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪26

♪27

1. A climber was struck on the head by a falling stone. 2. The door was burst open with a sudden blow of the wind. 3. The two enemy armies have fought to a finish. 47

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. Have you rung for an ambulance yet? 5. All complaints are dealt with by the manager. 6. The flood waters have not sunk for many days. 7. Shelter from the heavy snow was sought by mountaineers. 8. They have not been able to predict the results of the earthquake. 9. Many roads were frozen in Northern Ireland. 10. The waters have already spilt over the river banks. Exercise six. ♪28 Practise the Past Participle forms. Change the sentences into the Passive beginning with the words given. 1. A falling stone struck a climber on the head. A climber… A climber was struck on the head by a falling stone. 2. A sudden blow of the wind burst the door open. The door… The door was burst open with a sudden blow of the wind. 3. The manager deals with all complaints. All complaints… All complaints are dealt with by the manager. 4. The mountaineers sought shelter from the heavy snow. Shelter from the heavy snow… Shelter from the heavy snow was sought by the mountaineers. 5. The severe cold froze many roads in Northern Ireland. Many roads… Many roads were frozen in Northern Ireland. Exercise seven. ♪29 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words in the Present Perfect tense. 1. (fight to a finish) The two enemy armies have… The two enemy armies have fought to a finish. 2. (ring for an ambulance) Have you… Have you rung for an ambulance yet? 3. (sink for many days) The flood waters have not… The flood waters have not sunk for many days. 48

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. (be able to predict the results of the earthquake) They have not… They have not been able to predict the results of the earthquake. 5. (spill over the river banks) The waters have already… The waters have already spilt over the river banks. Exercise eight. Revision. ♪30 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1.

strike strike

… struck

… struck

2.

burst burst

… burst

… burst

3.

fight fight

… fought

… fought

4.

ring ring

… rang

… rung

5.

deal deal

… dealt

… dealt

6.

sink sink

… sank

… sunk

7.

seek seek

… sought

… sought

8.

can can

… could

9.

freeze freeze

… froze

… frozen

10.

spill spill

… spilt

… spilt

… been able to

49

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART FIVE A SCHOOL TEST Exercise one. Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker. 1. swear 2. learn 3. steal 4. lay 5. understand 6. teach 7. tear 8. forgive 9. cut 10. forbid

swore learnt/ learned stole laid understood taught tore forgave cut forbade

♪31

sworn learnt/ learned stolen laid understood taught torn forgiven cut forbidden

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. Listen to the text.

♪32

Although Peter swore to prepare for his final examinations, he learnt hardly anything before the tests. Football stole almost all his time and when the teacher laid the tests on the tables, he understood his difficult situation. His mother taught him never to give up. However, no matter how hard he tried, it was hopeless and finally he tore up the examination papers and left. His parents always forgave him small slips but not this time. They cut his pocket money and forbade him to play football until he had better results. Exercise three. Listen and repeat. -

♪33

Peter swore to prepare for his final examinations. He learnt hardly anything before the tests. Football stole almost all his time. The teacher laid the tests on the tables. He understood his difficult situation. His mother taught him never to give up. Finally he tore up the examination papers. His parents always forgave him small slips. They cut his pocket money. They forbade him to play football until he had better results.

50

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text. -

What did Peter swear? … Peter swore to prepare for his final examinations.

-

What did he learn before the tests? … He learnt hardly anything before the tests.

-

What did football steal from him? … Football stole almost all his time.

-

What did the teacher lay on the tables? … The teacher laid the tests on the tables.

-

What did Peter understand? … He understood his difficult situation.

-

What did Peter’s mother teach him? … His mother taught him never to give up.

-

What did he tear up? … He tore up the examination papers.

-

What did his parents forgive him? … His parents always forgave him small slips.

-

What did they cut? … They cut his pocket money.

-

What did they forbid him to do? … They forbade him to play football until he had better results.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. Listen and repeat the sentences.

♪34

♪35

1. He has sworn to attend all the lectures. 2. They have learnt the poem by heart. 3. Two computers were stolen from the school lab yesterday. 51

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. A serious charge was laid against you by the teacher. 5. The necessity to work hard is rarely understood by pupils. 6. They were taught a new method during the course. 7. The pupils have torn the photos out of the old magazines. 8. His parents have forgiven all his mistakes. 9. The headmaster has cut the budget for sport facilities by half. 10. Smoking is forbidden at the school. Exercise six. ♪36 Practise the Past Participle forms. Change the sentences into the Passive beginning with the words given. 1. Somebody stole two computers from the school lab yesterday. Two computers… Two computers were stolen from the school lab yesterday. 2. The teacher laid a serious charge against you. A serious charge… A serious charge was laid against you by the teacher. 3. Pupils rarely understand the necessity to work hard. The necessity to work hard… The necessity to work hard is rarely understood by pupils. 4. The teacher taught them a new method during the course. They… They were taught a new method during the course. 5. The law forbids smoking at the school. Smoking… Smoking is forbidden at the school. Exercise seven. ♪37 Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with the correct words in the Present Perfect tense. 1. (swear to attend all the lectures) He has… He has sworn to attend all the lectures. 2. (learn the poem by heart) They have… They have learnt the poem by heart. 3. (tear the photos out of the old magazines) The pupils have… The pupils have torn the photos out of the old magazines.

52

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. (forgive all his mistakes) His parents have… His parents have forgiven all his mistakes. 5. (cut the budget for sport facilities by half) The headmaster has… The headmaster has cut the budget for sport facilities by half. Exercise eight. Revision. ♪38 Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two forms. 1.

swear swear

… swore

… sworn

2.

learn learn

… learnt/ learned

… learnt/ learned

3.

steal steal

… stole

… stolen

4.

lay lay

… laid

… laid

5.

understand … … understand understood understood

6.

teach teach

… taught

… taught

7.

tear tear

… tore

… torn

8.

forgive forgive

… forgave

9.

cut cut

… cut

10.

forbid forbid

… forbade

… forgiven … cut … forbidden

53

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART SIX

TEST YOURSELF

♪39

Go through the list of irregular verbs. Complete each example. Then check your answer. 1. bite bite 2. blow blow 3. burn burn 4. burst burst 5. can can 6. catch catch 7. choose choose 8. cut cut 9. deal deal 10. draw draw 11. dream dream 12. feed feed 13. fight fight 14. forbid forbid 15. forgive forgive 16. freeze freeze 17. grow grow 18. hang hang 19. hide hide

… bit … blew … burnt … burst … could … caught … chose … cut … dealt … drew … dreamt/ dreamed … fed … fought … forbade … forgave … froze … grew … hung/ hanged … hid

… bitten … blown … burnt … burst … been able to … caught … chosen … cut … dealt … drawn … dreamt/ dreamed … fed … fought … forbidden … forgiven … frozen … grown … hung/ hanged … hidden

20. hit hit 21. hold hold 22. hurt hurt 23. keep keep 24. lay lay 25. lead lead 26. learn learn 27. let let 28. lie lie 29. light light 30. ride ride 31. ring ring 32. rise rise 33. seek seek 34. set set 35. shine shine 36. show show 37. sink sink 38. smell smell

… hit … held … hurt … kept … laid … led … learnt/ learned … let … lay … lit … rode … rang … rose … sought … set … shone … showed … sank … smelt/ smelled

… hit … held … hurt … kept … laid … led … learnt/ learned … let … lain … lit … ridden … rung … risen … sought … set … shone … shown … sunk … smelt/ smelled 54

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

39. spill spill 40. spread spread 41. stand stand 42. steal steal 43. stick stick 44. strike strike

… spilt … spread … stood … stole … stuck … struck

… spilt … spread … stood … stolen … stuck … struck

45. swear … … swear swore sworn 46. teach … … teach taught taught 47. tear … … tear tore torn 48. throw … … throw threw thrown 49. understand … … understand understood understood 50. wind … … wind wound wound

55

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSSAIRE PART ONE

HOBBIES

dream

dreamt/ dreamed caught drawn kept stuck fed bitten grown smelt/ smelled thrown

catch draw keep stick feed bite grow smell throw

dreamt/ dreamed caught drew kept stuck fed bit grew smelt/ smelled threw

PART TWO

A TRIP

hide rise set

hid rose set

hidden risen set

stand blow spread lie shine hit hurt

stood blew spread lay shone hit hurt

stood blown spread lain shone hit hurt

rêver attraper dessiner garder coller nourrir mordre pousser sentir jeter

cacher (se) lever mettre en place, fixer ; ici : set out - partir en voyage être debout souffler (s’)étendre être couché / par terre, être situé briller, scintiller heurter blesser / faire mal

PART THREE

THE CEREMONY

hold hang hang let lead ride wind show choose light burn

held hung hanged let led ridden wound shown chosen lit burnt/ burned

held hung hanged let led rode wound showed chose lit burnt/ burned

arrêter, tenir suspendre pendre (quelqu’un sur une potence) permettre, laisser mener faire (du vélo, du cheval), aller à cheval (s’)enrouler, serpenter montrer, exposer choisir allumer brûler

56

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

A DISASTER

strike burst fight ring deal sink seek can freeze spill

struck burst fought rung dealt sunk sought been able to frozen spilt

struck burst fought rang dealt sank sought could froze spilt

frapper exploser, éclater affronter, combattre sonner, téléphoner, appeler donner ; ici : deal with - s’occuper de couler rechercher pouvoir geler ; ici : freeze to death - mourir de froid se déverser, se répandre

PART FIVE

A SCHOOL TEST

swear learn

sworn learnt / learned stolen laid understood taught torn forgiven cut forbidden

swore learnt/ learned steal stole lay laid understand understood teach taught tear tore forgive forgave cut cut forbid forbade

jurer apprendre voler poser comprendre apprendre, enseigner déchirer pardonner couper, supprimer interdire

57

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - Wörterbuch PART ONE

HOBBIES

dream

dreamt/ dreamed caught drawn kept stuck fed bitten grown smelt/ smelled thrown

catch draw keep stick feed bite grow smell throw

dreamt/ dreamed caught drew kept stuck fed bit grew smelt/ smelled threw

PART TWO

A TRIP

hide rise set

hid rose set

hidden risen set

stand blow spread lie shine hit hurt

stood blew spread lay shone hit hurt

stood blown spread lain shone hit hurt

träumen fangen rausziehen, zeichnen behalten, beachten reinschlagen, kleben füttern abbeißen, beißen wachsen, anbauen, züchten riechen werfen; hier: throw away - wegwerfen

verstecken aufheben, aufstehen, aufgehen (Sonne) Legen, hinlegen, stellen, einstellen, festlegen; hier: set out - aufbrechen stehen wehen, blasen sich erstrecken, ausstrecken liegen leuchten schlagen,(sich) stoßen, treffen verletzen, weh tun

PART THREE

THE CEREMONY

hold

held

held

hang hang let lead ride wind show choose light burn

hung hanged let led rode wound showed chose lit burnt/ burned

hung hanged let led ridden wound shown chosen lit burnt/ burned

halten, sich unterhalten, veranstalten (z.B. ein Fest), feiern (etwas) hängen, aufhängen (jemanden am Galgen) aufhängen erlauben, lassen führen fahren, Rad fahren, reiten aufziehen, drehen, sich schlängeln zeigen auswählen, wählen anzünden (sich) verbrennen

58

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

A DISASTER

strike burst

struck burst

struck burst

fight ring deal

fought rang dealt

fought rung dealt

sink seek can

sank sought could

freeze spill

froze spilt

sunk sought been able to frozen spilt

hauen, treffen sprengen, explodieren, platzen, ausbrechen, aufgehen kämpfen klingeln, anrufen, rufen verteilen;hier: deal with - sich (mit etwas) beschäftigen versinken, versenken suchen, auf die Suche gehen können, schaffen erfrieren, einfrieren, zufrieren verschütten, auslaufen, treten

PART FIVE

A SCHOOL TEST

swear learn

sworn learnt / learned stolen laid understood taught torn forgiven cut forbidden

swore learnt/ learned steal stole lay laid understand understood teach taught tear tore forgive forgave cut cut forbid forbade

fluchen, versprechen, schwören etwas lernen stehlen liegen, legen, hinlegen verstehen jdn. lehren, jdm. etwas beibringen, unterrichten zerreißen, entführen vergeben, verzeihen schneiden, abschneiden, kürzen verbieten

59

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - 表表表 PART ONE dream catch draw keep stick feed bite grow smell throw

dreamt/ dreamed caught drew kept stuck fed bit grew smelt/ smelled threw

PART TWO hide rise set stand blow spread lie shine hit hurt

hid rose set stood blew spread lay shone hit hurt

PART THREE hold

held

HOBBIES dreamt/ dreamed caught drawn kept stuck fed bitten grown smelt/ smelled thrown

夢を見る、夢見る 手に取る 引く、描く 守る、持ち続ける、保つ、（止める） 刺す、突き刺す、貼り付ける 餌を与える、食べ物を食べさせる 噛む 成長する （臭いを）嗅ぐ 投げる、この場合は、throw away 捨てる

A TRIP hidden risen set stood blown spread lain shone hit hurt

隠す 上げる、掲げる、上がる、上る 置く、決める、この場合は、set out 旅立つ 立つ 吹く 広げる 置かれる、横になる 輝く 打つ、ぶつける 傷つける、けがをさせる

THE CEREMONY held

持つ、握る、止める、とどめる、保っておく、 催す

hang hang let lead ride wind show choose light burn

hung hanged let led rode wound showed chose lit burnt/ burned

hung hanged let led ridden wound shown chosen lit burnt/ burned

かける、掲げる 絞首刑にする

許す、させる 導く、案内する 乗る（馬、自転車など） 巻く、回る、うねる 見せる 選ぶ （火、電気などを）つける、 燃やす、やけどをする 60

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

A DISASTER

strike burst fight ring deal

struck burst fought rang dealt

struck burst fought rung dealt

sink seek can

sank sought could

freeze spill

froze spilt

sunk sought been able to frozen spilt

打つ、たたく、投げる、当てる、当たる 爆発する、破裂する 戦う （音を）鳴らす、電話をかける 配る、この場合、 deal with （問題などを）扱う、処理する 沈む、沈没する 捜す ～（が）できる 凍る こぼす、こぼれる、漏れる

PART FIVE

A SCHOOL TEST

swear learn

sworn learnt / learned stolen laid understood taught torn forgiven cut forbidden

swore learnt/ learned steal stole lay laid understand understood teach taught tear tore forgive forgave cut cut forbid forbade

約束する、誓う 勉強する、学ぶ 盗む 置く、寝かせる 分かる、理解する 教える 引き裂く、破る

許す 切る、切り捨てる 禁じる、禁止する

61

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - SŁOWNICZEK PART ONE

HOBBIES

dream

dreamt/ dreamed caught drawn kept stuck fed bitten grown smelt/ smelled thrown

catch draw keep stick feed bite grow smell throw

dreamt/ dreamed caught drew kept stuck fed bit grew smelt/ smelled threw

PART TWO

A TRIP

hide rise set

hid rose set

hidden risen set

stand blow spread lie shine hit hurt

stood blew spread lay shone hit hurt

stood blown spread lain shone hit hurt

śnić, marzyć z/łapać wyciąg-nąć/ać, na/rysować za/trzymać, przestrzegać wbi-ć/jać, przy/kleić na/karmić u/gryźć rosnąć, uprawiać, hodować pachnieć, po/czuć zapach rzu-cić/cać; tu: throw away - wyrzu-cić/cać

u/kry-ć/wać, s/chować podn-ieść/osić, wsta-ć/wać, wschodzić(o słońcu) położyć/kłaść, ustawi-ć/ać, ustal-ić/ać; tu: set out - wyruszyć w drogę stać wiać, dmuchać rozciąg-nąć/ać (się) leżeć za/świecić (się) uderz-yć/ać z/ranić, s/kaleczyć; sprawiać ból

PART THREE

THE CEREMONY

hold

held

held

hang hang let lead ride wind show choose light burn

hung hanged let led rode wound showed chose lit burnt/ burned

hung hanged let led ridden wound shown chosen lit burnt/ burned

u/trzymać (się), powstrzymać, obchodzić(np. święto) powiesić, zawiesić powiesić (kogoś na szubiennicy) pozw-olić/ać po/prowadzić po/jechać (np. konno, na rowerze) nawi-nąć/jać, nakrę-cić/cać, wić się pokaz-ać/ywać wyb-rać/ierać zapal-ić/ać s/palić (się), po/parzyć

62

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

A DISASTER

strike burst fight ring deal sink seek can freeze spill

struck burst fought rung dealt sunk sought been able to frozen spilt

struck burst fought rang dealt sank sought could froze spilt

uderz-yć/ać wysadz-ić/ać, wybuchnąć, pęknąć walczyć za/dzwonić rozd-ać/awać, tu: deal with - zająć się za/tonąć, zat-opić/apiać szukać, poszukiwać móc, zdołać, potrafić, umieć za/marznąć, zamr-ozić/ażać rozl-ać/ewać (się)

PART FIVE

A SCHOOL TEST

swear learn

sworn learnt / learned stolen laid understood taught torn forgiven cut forbidden

swore learnt/ learned steal stole lay laid understand understood teach taught tear tore forgive forgave cut cut forbid forbade

przeklinać, przysi-ąc/ęgać na/uczyć się u/kraść położyć/kłaść z/rozumieć na/uczyć (kogoś), nauczać po/drzeć, po/rwać wybacz-yć/ać po/ciąć, obci-ąć/nać zakaz-ać/ywać

63

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSARIO PART ONE

HOBBIES

dream

dreamt/ dreamed caught drawn kept stuck fed bitten grown smelt/ smelled thrown

catch draw keep stick feed bite grow smell throw

dreamt/ dreamed caught drew kept stuck fed bit grew smelt/ smelled threw

PART TWO

A TRIP

hide rise set

hid rose set

hidden risen set

stand blow spread lie shine hit hurt

stood blew spread lay shone hit hurt

stood blown spread lain shone hit hurt

soñar coger dibujar, pintar guardar; aquí: cuidar pegar alimentar morder cultivar, crecer oler lanzar; aquí: throw away - tirar

esconderse, guardar subir, surgir; aquí: the sun rose - el sol salió colocar, poner, fijar; aquí: set out - comenzar, ponerse en camino estar de pie, permanacer, alcanzar soplar; aquí: blow down - derribar extenderse, dispersarse, expandirse extenderse brillar golpear doler, hacerse

PART THREE

THE CEREMONY

hold hang hang let lead ride wind show choose light burn

held hung hanged let led ridden wound shown chosen lit burnt/ burned

held hung hanged let led rode wound showed chose lit burnt/ burned

exponer colgar, exponer colgar dejar, permitir dirigir montar serpentear; aquí: wind up - dar cuerda mostrar, enseñar elegir, escoger encender, iluminar quemar

64

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

A DISASTER

strike burst

struck burst

struck burst

fight ring deal

fought rang dealt

fought rung dealt

sink seek can freeze spill

sank sought could froze spilt

sunk sought been able to frozen spilt

PART FIVE swear learn

sobrevenir, golpear, atacar romper, desatarse un fuego; aquí: burst open abrir violentamente. luchar llamar, telefonear tratar, acordar, tramitar; aquí: deal with tratar con hundir, bajar buscar, solicitar poder congelarse, helarse derramar; aquí: spill over - sobrepasar

A SCHOOL TEST

swore learnt/ learned steal stole lay laid understand understood teach taught tear tore forgive forgave cut cut forbid forbade

sworn learnt/ learned stolen laid understood taught torn forgiven cut forbidden

jurar aprende robar, quitar poner, presentar comprender, entender enseñar rasgar, hacer pedazos, arrancar perdonar cortar prohibir

65

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - СЛОВАРИК PART ONE

HOBBIES

dream

dreamt/ dreamed caught drawn kept stuck fed bitten grown smelt/ smelled thrown

catch draw keep stick feed bite grow smell throw

dreamt/ dreamed caught drew kept stuck fed bit grew smelt/ smelled threw

PART TWO

A TRIP

hide rise set

hid rose set

hidden risen set

stand blow spread lie shine hit hurt

stood blew spread lay shone hit hurt

stood blown spread lain shone hit hurt

сниться/мечтать ловить. поймать вытянуть, рисование держать, придерживаться вбить/вбивать накормить/кормить укусить/кусать расти пахнуть, почувствовать запах выбросить/бросать; здесь: throw away выбросить/выбрасывать

прятаться, скрываться вставать, восходить(о солнце) ставить, класть; здесь: set out - отправиться в дорогу стоять веять, дуть распространяться лежать светить/ся ударить/ударять ранить, ушибить

PART THREE

THE CEREMONY

hold

held

held

hang hang let lead ride wind show choose light burn

hung hanged let led rode wound showed chose lit burnt/ burned

hung hanged let led ridden wound shown chosen lit burnt/ burned

держать, обнимать, отмечать (например: праздник) вешать, повесить, взвешивать повесить (кого-то на виселице) разрешить, позволять, выпускать, проливать вести, перевести (верхом, на велосипеде) прогуляться, проехать виться, извиваться, изгибаться показывать выбрать, выбирать зажечь, зажигать сжечь, обжечься 66

Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR

A DISASTER

strike burst fight ring deal

struck burst fought rang dealt

struck burst fought rung dealt

sink seek can

sank sought could

freeze spill

froze spilt

sunk sought been able to frozen spilt

ударить, ударять взорваться, разорваться воевать позвонить распределять; здесь: deal with - заняться кемлибо, чем-либо затонуть, затопить искать, разыскивать мочь, быть в состоянии (что-л. делать) замерзать, обледеневать проливать, разливать

PART FIVE

A SCHOOL TEST

swear learn

sworn learnt / learned stolen laid understood taught torn forgiven cut forbidden

swore learnt/ learned steal stole lay laid understand understood teach taught tear tore forgive forgave cut cut forbid forbade

обещать, присягать изучать, учиться воровать, красть класть; налагать; накладывать понимать, постигать учить, обучать разрывать, срывать, отрывать прощать резать, разрезать; отрезать запрещать; не позволять; препятствовать

67

English Vocabulary 3. Idioms Parts 1 & 2 PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS Lesson one

BUSINESS AND MONEY

Exercise one

♪1

Listen. 1) A BUSINESS RUNS AT A PROFIT / A BUSINESS RUNS AT A LOSS a business makes money / a business loses money The beginnings of our family shop were quite difficult and we ran at a loss, but as we are getting more and more customers now, we are beginning to run at a profit. 2) FINANCES ARE IN GOOD SHAPE / FINANCES ARE IN BAD SHAPE to have a lot of / not to have enough money I’m afraid this company will go bankrupt as its finances are in very bad shape. 3) A FALLING MARKET a market which is moving in a downward direction It is a falling market now with no perspectives and I wouldn’t invest in it. 4) TO PUT MONEY INTO BUSINESS to invest in a business You will have to find another partner because I’m not going to put any more money into this business. 5) TO CLOSE A DEAL / TO CLOSE A BARGAIN to complete a deal successfully After long negotiations we were finally ready to establish all the details and close the deal. 6) SHARP PRACTICES behaviour which is dishonest but not illegal When it comes to business he doesn’t have any scruples and uses illegal methods. He’s known for his sharp practices. 7) A SLEEPING PARTNER someone who invests money in a business but does not help to manage it Jack invests some money in the family business but he’s not actively involved in running it. He’s just a sleeping partner. 68

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) A TAKEOVER the change of ownership or control of a company Our little firm was too weak to survive on the market and so we couldn’t avoid a takeover by a bigger company. 9) TO GO BANKRUPT / TO BE BANKRUPT to admit that you have no money and cannot pay your debts Two years ago their little company went bankrupt as it wasn’t able to pay its debts. 10) TO MAKE MONEY to earn money He became a rich man after he made a lot of money in property speculation. 11) TO BE IN THE MONEY suddenly have a lot of money When Peter found that old painting in his attic and it turned out to be very valuable, he knew he was in the money. 12) TO BE A WAGE EARNER / TO BE A SALARY EARNER to have a job and be paid weekly/monthly In our family my husband is the only wage earner. We all wait for the money he brings at the end of the week. 13) TO MAKE A LIVING to earn money Nobody knew how Sue made a living and it was quite a surprise when she said she worked as a writer. 14) TO BE WELL-OFF to be rich You have to be well-off to afford holidays in exotic places. Such luxuries cost a lot. 15) TO TIGHTEN ONE’S BELT to spend less money in the time of financial difficulty Susan lost her job so she had to tighten her belt and cut down on unnecessary things.

Exercise two

♪2

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

Our shop ran at a loss at first but now it runs at a profit. Our finances are in a very bad shape. I wouldn’t invest in a falling market. I’m going to put some money into this business. After long negotiations we closed the deal. 69

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

Our manager is known for his sharp practices. Jack is just a sleeping partner in this company. We couldn’t avoid a takeover by a bigger company. The company went bankrupt as it didn’t pay off its debts. He made a lot of money in property speculations. Unexpectedly Peter was in the money. In our family my husband is the only wage earner. Susan made her living as a writer. You have to be well-off to afford holidays in exotic places. Susan tightened her belt and cut down on unnecessary things.

Exercise three

♪3

Listen. When Joe and Susan got married, they were very poor. Joe was the only wage-earner in the family and they had to think how they would make a living. They decided to start their own business but it wasn’t easy to find someone who would like to put money into it. Thus they planned to tighten the belt and save some money to open a greengrocer’s. Susan’s father warned them that it was a falling market in their area as there were already four greengrocers in the neighbourhood but they wanted to take a chance. After some time, when their business started to run at a profit, Sue’s father wanted to participate and he became a sleeping partner. Later, Joe’s brother wanted to join them and they were just about to close the deal, when Sue found out that he was known for his sharp practices and the plan didn’t work out. Sue and Joe were doing fine and they made a lot of money but after two years things got worse. There was a terrible drought in the country and the prices of vegetables and fruit rose drastically. They knew they were going bankrupt. Their finances were in a really bad shape and a takeover by a bigger company was just a matter of time.

Exercise four

♪4

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) John was the only one who brought the money at the end of the week. … John was the only wage-earner. 2) They thought about how to earn money. … They thought about how to make a living. 3) They wanted someone to invest in the business. … They wanted someone to put money in the business.

70

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

4) They decided to spend less money. … They decided to tighten the belt. 5) A greengrocer’s was a business with no perspectives. … A greengrocer’s was a falling market. 6) The business started to bring money. … The business started to run at a profit. 7) Sue’s father didn’t join the business but he invested some money into it. … Sue’s father became a sleeping partner. 8) They nearly completed the deal with Joe’s brother. … They nearly closed the deal with him. 9) Joe’s brother was known for dishonest actions. … He was known for his sharp practices. 10) Sue and Joe earned a lot of money. … Sue and Joe made a lot of money. 11) They had no money and couldn’t pay the debts. … They went bankrupt. 12) They didn’t have enough money. … Their finances were in a bad shape. 13) They couldn’t avoid the change of ownership of the company. … They couldn’t avoid a takeover.

71

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson two

WORK

Exercise one

♪5

Listen. 1) TO GET DOWN TO BUSINESS to start doing something OK, the job has to be done very quickly so let’s get down to business. 2) TO ROLL ONE’S SLEEVES UP to start doing a job even though it’s difficult It’s time to roll our sleeves up and clean this mess. It can’t wait! 3) TO BE ON BUSINESS to be for the purpose of doing business, not for pleasure Everybody thought George flew to Hawaii to relax but actually he went on business. 4) TO WORK IN THE FIELD to work outside the office, laboratory or classroom Joan spent years in libraries studying tribal languages so when she was asked to go to Africa and work in the field, she accepted the offer immediately. 5) A WHITE-COLLAR WORKER / A BLUE-COLLAR WORKER a worker who does an office job / a manual worker A career of a white-collar worker in the office is much more popular among young people than the hard and dirty work of blue-collar workers. 6) TO BE ON DUTY / TO BE OFF DUTY to be working / not working at a particular time When we got to the hospital, the nurse on duty called for the doctor. 7) TO DO OVERTIME / TO WORK OVERTIME to work after the usual hours for extra pay Since Jane’s divorce, she’s been working a lot of overtime to earn some extra money. She stays at work much longer and is starting to feel very tired. 8) TO BE ON PIECE WORK to receive payment for the number of things produced We were on piece work and we were paid for the number of products we made so if you were fast you could earn a lot of money.

72

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO BE ON SHIFTS (be on the night shift / to be on nights) to start work as another group finishes Our daughter wanted to become a nurse but the thought of working night shifts discouraged her. 10) TO BE ON CALL be available at any time Don’t worry. There is a doctor on call 24 hours a day. 11) TO FIRE SOMEBODY to dismiss somebody from employment I warn you! If you don’t do the job by tomorrow, you will be fired and you’ll have to start looking for another job. 12) TO GIVE SOMEBODY THE SACK / TO GET THE SACK to dismiss somebody from employment He got the sack when they found out he’d lied about his qualifications. Now he’s unemployed again. 13) TO GO ON THE DOLE to be unemployed and receive money from the government When Joe lost his job last December he went on the dole. Now he’s still unemployed and he gets money from the government. 14) TO GO ON STRIKE stop working as a protest against something After the negotiations with the government had failed, the miners decided to go on strike. They stopped working and started their protest. 15) A BLACKLEG a strike breaker As Smith continued to work when all his colleagues went on strike, he was considered a blackleg.

Exercise two

♪6

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)

The job has to be done fast so let’s get down to business. It’s time to roll our sleeves up and clean this mess. George went to Hawaii on business. Joan went to Africa to study tribal languages in the field. A white-collar worker works in the office. A blue-collar worker does a manual job. The nurse on duty called the doctor. 73

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16)

Joan worked overtime to earn some extra money. When we worked on the farm we were on piece work. Nurses have to be on night shifts. There is a doctor on call 24 hours a day. If you don’t do the job properly, you’ll be fired. He got the sack and now he’s unemployed again. Joe lost his job and went on the dole. The miners decided to go on strike. Smith didn’t join the strike and was a blackleg.

Exercise three

♪7

Listen. For many years Meg was a white collar worker and spent her days in the office from nine to five. She used to work overtime as she wanted to save enough money to travel. She had already been on business to Germany and France but she dreamed of going somewhere exotic. In order to earn some extra money, she agreed to be on call even at weekends. Last year her company was going through a difficult time and there were rumours that some people would have to be fired. Meg was a hard-working and loyal employee but when her colleagues decided to go on strike she didn’t want to be a blackleg and joined the protest. Unfortunately, the firm went bankrupt and everybody got the sack. Meg didn’t want to go on the dole so she started to look for a new job right away. For some time she worked in a supermarket but she didn’t like being on night shifts and she quit. At that point Meg lost her hope that she would ever travel anywhere. However, after two weeks she came across an advertisement of some charity organisation which was looking for volunteers who would like to work in India. Meg didn’t think much. She got down to business right away, rolled her sleeves up and wrote an application letter and a CV. After two months she was in India. She finally felt she was in the right place.

Exercise four

♪8

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) Meg did an office job. … Meg was a white-collar worker. 2) She worked after the usual hours for extra pay. … She worked overtime. 3) She went abroad for the purpose of doing business. … She went abroad on business.

74

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

4) She agreed to be available at any time. … She agreed to be on call. 5) Some people had to be dismissed from employment. … Some people had to be fired. 6) Her colleagues decided to stop working as a protest. … Her colleagues decided to go on strike. 7) She didn’t want to be a strike breaker. … She didn’t want to be a blackleg. 8) Everybody was dismissed from work. … Everybody got the sack. 9) Meg didn’t want to receive money from the government … Meg didn’t want to go on the dole. 10) She didn’t like working at night. … She didn’t like being on night shifts. 11) She started doing something. … She got down to business. 12) She was determined to do something and started writing a CV. … She rolled her sleeves up and started writing a CV.

75

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson three

TIME

Exercise one ♪9 Listen. 1) TO BE ON TIME to be punctual The traffic on my way to work was so heavy that I worried if I would be on time. 2) TO BE BEHIND TIME to be late The train was delayed and it left twenty minutes behind time. 3) TO TAKE ONE’S TIME not to hurry You don’t need to hurry to leave so early. Take your time and relax before the journey. 4) TO DO STH AT THE LAST MINUTE to do something at the latest possible time They had a sudden change of plans and cancelled the trip to Egypt at the last minute. 5) TO DO STH ON THE SPUR OF THE MOMENT to do something spontaneously, without hesitation They didn’t plan to get married in Las Vegas but they suddenly found the idea so fascinating that they did it on the spur of the moment. 6) TO BE UP-TO-DATE / OUT-OF-DATE to include all the latest information / to be too old, not recent If you want to be up-to-date with the latest technology, you have to upgrade your computer quite often. Unfortunately, some street names in this town have been changed and this tourist guide is outof-date. 7) IT’S HIGH TIME something must be done without delay Tom is thirty years old and his parents think it’s high time he moved out and started his own family. So he shouldn’t wait any longer but get married fast. 8) TO HAVE A MINUTE to be available to do something Are you very busy after lunch or will you have a minute to talk to me?

76

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) AT ANY MOMENT very soon They are evacuating people in a hurry because the volcano is ready to erupt at any minute. 10) EVERY NOW AND THEN occasionally, not very often Jennifer is too busy to visit her family quite often but every now and then she at least finds some time to have dinner with them. 11) ONCE IN A BLUE MOON very seldom That theatre doesn’t have a good reputation as it puts on an interesting performance only once in a blue moon. 12) ONCE IN A WHILE sometimes I’m not very keen on cooking and I don’t do it often but once in a while I feel tempted to prepare something special for dinner. 13) A NIGHT-BIRD a person who likes to stay up late at night Joe never goes to sleep before midnight. He’s a real night bird. 14) AN EARLY BIRD a person who gets up very early in the morning My sister is an early bird so she’s the one who walks the dog in the mornings. 15) TO KILL TIME to do something in order to make time pass more quickly On the train to Warsaw I read this magazine from cover to cover just to kill the time, and in fact the journey passed very quickly.

Exercise two

♪10

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

The traffic was so heavy that I couldn’t be on time. The train left twenty minutes behind time. Take your time and relax before the journey. They cancelled their trip to Egypt at the last minute. They got married in Las Vegas on the spur of the moment. I wanted to be up-to-date with the latest technology. This tourist guide is out-of-date so we can’t use it. It’s high time Tom moved out and started his own family. 77

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16)

Will you have a minute to talk to me after lunch? The volcano is ready to erupt at any minute. Every now and then Jennifer has dinner with her parents. This theatre puts on a good performance only once in a blue moon. I prepare something special for dinner once in a while. Joe is a night-bird and he doesn’t go to bed before midnight. My sister is an early bird and she walks the dog in the mornings. I read the magazine from cover to cover just to kill the time.

Exercise three

♪11

Listen. It was a Saturday night and Julie was sitting alone in her flat reading newspapers just to kill the time. She was a night-bird and she was used to spending evenings by herself. That day, however, she felt very lonely and knew she would burst into tears at any moment. Looking in the mirror she saw an almost thirty-year-old woman in out-of-date clothes and hairstyle. Julie wasn’t a party-goer. She saw her parents every now and then and once in a blue moon she went out with Susan – her only friend. It was her birthday coming soon and Julie felt it was high time to change something in her daily routine. Yes, her life was boring. Every day she did the same things and performed the same duties always on time, like a robot. Julie felt she had to do something. On the spur of the moment, without thinking, she called her boss and asked him if he would have a minute to talk to her. Mr. Brown was surprised but when Julie explained the situation and asked him for a week off, he agreed and told her to take her time and relax. There was no time to lose now. Julie packed her clothes and decided to take the first plane to Paris. Luckily, when she came to the airport it turned out that the plane to Paris was twenty minutes behind time due to some technical problems and so she bought the ticket at the last minute. There she was, flying to a faraway country, all by herself, ready to meet the unknown.

Exercise four

♪12

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) Julie was reading the newspapers to make the time pass more quickly. …

Julie was reading the newspapers to kill the time.

2) She liked to stay up late at night. …

She was a night bird.

3) She knew she would burst into tears very soon. …

She knew she would burst into tears at any moment.

78

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

4) Julie was wearing old-fashioned clothes. …

Julie was wearing out-of-date clothes.

5) She saw her parents occasionally. …

She saw her parents every now and then.

6) She seldom went out with Susan. …

She went out with Susan once in a blue moon.

7) She had to change her life without delay. …

It was high time to change something in her life.

8) She performed all her duties punctually. …

She performed all her duties on time.

9) She called her boss spontaneously. …

She called her boss on the spur of the moment.

10) She asked her boss to spare her some time. …

She asked her boss to have a minute for her.

11) Mr Brown told her not to hurry. …

Mr Brown told her to take her time.

12) The plane to Paris was twenty five minutes late. …

The plane to Paris was twenty five minutes behind time.

13) Julie bought the ticket at the latest possible time. …

Julie bought the ticket at the last minute.

79

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson four

CONVERSATION

Exercise one

♪13

Listen. 1) TO TALK AT CROSS PURPOSES not to understand each other Let’s stop arguing. The point is that we are talking at cross purposes and we just don’t understand each other. 2) TO GET HOLD OF THE WRONG END OF THE STICK to misunderstand the meaning or intention totally People who think the author of this book wanted to offend someone get the wrong end of the stick. It is sometimes quite easy to misinterpret the author’s intention. 3) TO GET A WORD IN EDGEWAYS to be able to say something although the other person talks all the time Helen can talk all the time. Once she starts talking it’s difficult to get a word in edgeways. 4) TO TALK BEHIND SOMEBODY’S BACK to talk about somebody secretively I don’t want to talk about it behind his back. He must know what we think. 5) TO GIVE SOMEBODY A TALKING-TO to talk to somebody angrily When Peter was late for work again, his boss gave him a long talking-to and decided to punish him severely the next time. 6) TO PUT IT IN A NUTSHELL to state the main facts in a short, clear way These are our plans in a nutshell. We will go into details later. 7) TO BE LONG-WINDED to talk for too long in a way that is too boring Our headmaster’s speeches tend to be rather long-winded. Everyone stops paying attention after a few minutes. 8) TO SPEAK ONE’S MIND to be honest to people about your opinion It’s not easy to be honest about your opinions but Jerry always speaks his mind, even if it upsets people.

80

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO TALK RUBBISH to say silly things Don’t talk rubbish! It is very silly to spend all our money on the trip and remain without a penny for the rest of the holidays. 10) TO TALK SENSE to say things that are reasonable John is the only person in this group who can talk sense on the subject. We can always rely on his reasonable opinions. 11) TO TAKE THE HINT to understand what is meant, without it being said directly I didn’t have to tell him directly to go away and leave us alone. He took the hint and left immediately. 12) TO TAKE SOMETHING INTO ACCOUNT to consider something when you are making a decision I hope they will take her qualifications into account when they consider her application for the position of managing director. 13) TO CUT A LONG STORY SHORT to give the main points of something, not the details I will save you the details. To cut a long story short, it took me two months to recover from the shock. 14) TO BEAT ABOUT THE BUSH to avoid or delay talking about something unpleasant OK, OK, … stop beating about the bush and tell me who is responsible for all this mess. 15) TO HAVE A WORD WITH SOMEBODY to talk to somebody quickly Could I have a word with you? I need your advice.

Exercise two

♪14

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

Parents and teenagers often talk at cross purposes. I didn’t mean to offend you. You got hold of the wrong end of the stick. Once she starts talking, it’s difficult to get a word in edgeways. I think we should stop talking behind his back. My boss gave me a long talking-to in front of all the staff members. These are our plans in a nutshell. Our headmaster’s speeches are rather long-winded. It’s sometimes dangerous to speak one’s mind. Don’t talk rubbish! I can’t listen to it anymore. 81

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

Now you are talking sense! He took the hint and left without a word. I’m sure they will take her qualifications into account. I won’t go into details and I’ll cut a long story short. Stop beating about the bush and tell me what happened. Could I have a word with you?

Exercise three

♪15

Listen. On 1st September all the students were gathered in front of the school waiting for the ceremony to start. Everybody knew that the head teacher’s speech would be boring and longwinded. The students wouldn’t mind if he talked sense but actually, he did talk rubbish quite often, and instead of putting it in a nutshell, he went on talking for ages. In fact, everybody started to get impatient and talked behind his back. However, when one of the students stepped aside and spoke his mind quite loudly about how boring the whole ceremony was, Mrs Thomas, our form teacher, approached him quickly and asked angrily if she could have a word with him. Paul’s rude behaviour was too much for Mrs Thomas. When the ceremony ended, she gave him a long talking-to in front of the whole class. She didn’t beat about the bush and accused him of offending the head teacher. Although he tried to explain that she must have got hold of the wrong end of the stick as he hadn’t meant to offend anybody, they seemed to be talking at cross purposes. To cut a long story short, Mrs Thomas didn’t want to take his explanation into account and asked Paul to bring his parents to school the next day. No, it wasn’t a happy beginning. Paul knew he was in trouble.

Exercise four

♪16

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) The headmaster’s speech was boring and too long. … The headmaster’s speech was long-winded. 2) The students knew he wouldn’t talk reasonably. … The students knew he wouldn’t talk sense. 3) He often said silly things. … He often talked rubbish. 4) The headmaster didn’t consider the students’ needs. … The headmaster didn’t take the students’ needs into account. 82

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

5) He should have stated the main facts in a short and clear way. … He should have put it in a nutshell. 6) Everybody started to talk about him secretively. … Everybody started to talk behind his back. 7) Mrs Thomas wanted to talk to Paul quickly. … Mrs Thomas wanted to have a word with Paul. 8) Paul was honest about his opinion. … Paul spoke his mind. 9) He didn’t avoid saying what he was thinking about. … He didn’t beat about the bush. 10) The form teacher talked to Paul angrily. … The form teacher gave Paul a long talking-to. 11) The teacher misunderstood Paul’s intentions. … The teacher got hold of the wrong end of the stick. 12) They didn’t understand each other. … They talked at cross purposes. 13) The teacher didn’t consider Paul’s explanations. … The teacher didn’t take his explanations into account.

83

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson five

DISCUSSION

Exercise one

♪17

Listen. 1) AN OPEN QUESTION a matter for discussion They have agreed on most of the details concerning the wedding ceremony but the colour of the bride’s dress is still an open question. 2) A STORM IN A TEACUP a lot of excitement about a trivial matter The whole discussion about the bird flu in our country is only a storm in a teacup. There’s probably no danger to public health at all. 3) TO CROSS SWORDS to argue Susan and her mother-in-law argue a lot. They recently crossed swords on what to cook for dinner. 4) TO DROP THE SUBJECT to stop talking about something I don’t think we will find a compromise on this matter now so let’s drop the subject. We will talk about it another time. 5) TO CHANGE ONE’S MIND to change a decision or an opinion Judy was about to express her opinion but then she changed her mind and didn’t say a word. 6) TO BEAR SOMETHING IN MIND to remember something that could be useful in the future When you speak to Becky, please bear in mind that she is very sensitive to criticism. Remember to be careful not to hurt her. 7) TO MAKE UP ONE’S MIND to take a decision Susan has always taken decisions easily in life. She made up her mind to become a singer when she was only five years old.

84

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) TO TAKE SOMETHING FOR GRANTED to believe that something is true without first thinking about it or making sure that it is true Judy and Sarah looked so alike that I was sure they were sisters. I just took it for granted and it was quite a shock to find out they were not. 9) TO COME TO THE POINT / TO GET TO THE POINT / TO REACH THE POINT to reach the most important thing one has to say Our manager enjoys speaking in public and it always takes him a long time to get to the point. 10) TO FAIL TO SEE THE POINT / TO MISS THE POINT not to understand the purpose of something To tell you the truth, I wasn’t listening carefully. I’m afraid I missed the point of your argument so please clarify your position briefly. 11) TO GET THE POINT / TO SEE THE POINT to understand the purpose of something To be honest, I can’t see the point of your asking her for help. I don’t understand why you insist on talking to her. She won’t even listen to you. 12) TO MAKE ONE’S POINT to explain clearly one’s argument or an idea OK, you’ve made your point. Now please listen to what I have to say. 13) TO HOLD ONE’S TONGUE to stop talking Although George felt deeply insulted, he held his tongue and said nothing. 14) TO HAVE THE LAST WORD to produce a statement to which no one else can make a reply or objection It’s no use arguing with my parents. They must always have the last word. 15) IN A WAY / IN SOME WAYS in a sense, to a certain extent It’s sad but, in a way, you understand me better than my own parents. To a certain extent, I feel much more at home here with you than with my family. 16) ALL IN ALL when everything is considered It’s true we wasted some time quarrelling but, all in all, I think it was a very fruitful discussion.

85

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

17) FOR ONE THING for one reason Well, there are so many reasons for his rude behaviour. For one thing, his parents have never paid any attention to it so don’t be surprised. 18) TO BE OUT OF PLACE to be inappropriate, awkward Your remark was absolutely out of place. It’s inappropriate to be so straightforward when you meet someone for the first time. 19) TO BE OUT OF THE QUESTION something is definitely not a possibility You will definitely not get more pocket money this year - it’s out of the question! 20) TO WRAP UP THE DISCUSSION to finish the discussion As we were in a hurry to catch the last plane we were hoping to wrap up the discussion before lunchtime.

Exercise two

♪18

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20)

The colour of the dress is still an open question This whole discussion was only a storm in a teacup. Susan and her mother-in-law often cross swords. Let’s drop the subject. We’ll talk about it later. Judy wanted to say something but she changed her mind. Please, bear in mind she is very sensitive. Susan made up her mind to become a singer. I took it for granted that they were twins. It takes him a long time to get to the point. I’m afraid I missed the point of your argument. I can’t see the point of asking her for help. You’ve made your point and now let me make mine. Adam held his tongue and said nothing. They must always have the last word. In a way, you know me better than my parents. All in all, it was a very fruitful discussion. For one thing, his parents didn’t teach him anything. Your remark was out of place. You won’t get it! It’s out of the question! We had to wrap up the discussion very quickly.

86

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise three

♪19

Listen. Politics is a very risky topic at social gatherings and family meetings. People often take it for granted that others share their views and sometimes a casual remark turns out to be absolutely out of place. Then, instead of a nice chat at the table people start to cross swords. Those with opposite views try to make each other change their minds. They do all they can to make their points and have the last word. If the opponent fails to see the point, people start to shout at each other and the atmosphere of the meeting is spoiled. Should we avoid discussing politics altogether then? Well, for one thing, there are plenty of much more interesting subjects. What’s more, we should bear in mind that our misbehaviour may hurt others’ feelings. Sometimes when things get out of hand, and somebody tries to wrap up the discussion, we should hold our tongues and drop the subject immediately. All in all, although politics is an exciting issue, we should remember that sometimes it can be dangerous as well.

Exercise four

♪20

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) People often assume things. … People often take things for granted. 2) Your remark is inappropriate. … Your remark is out of place. 3) People often start to quarrel. … People often start to cross swords. 4) They try to persuade each other. … They try to make each other change their minds. 5) Everybody wants to say what they consider important. … Everybody wants to make their points. 6) All of them want to say something no one else would beat. … All of them want to have the last word. 7) He doesn’t understand me. … He fails to see my point. 87

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) For one reason, there are more interesting subjects. … For one thing, there are more interesting subjects. 9) This is something you should remember. … This is something you should bear in mind. 10) Everybody has a right to finish the discussion. … Everybody has a right to wrap up the discussion. 11) You should stop talking now. … You should hold your tongue. 12) They must stop discussing this subject. … They must drop the subject. 13) Summing up, politics is a tricky subject. … All in all, politics is a tricky subject.

88

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson six

PROBLEMS

Exercise one

♪21

Listen. 1) TO STIR THINGS UP to deliberately try to have arguments Melanie is a real troublemaker. She stirs things up wherever she appears. 2) TO POUR OIL ON TROUBLED WATERS to try to make an angry situation calmer Sue was really mad at Steve so he tried to pour oil on troubled waters by offering to take her out for a meal. 3) TO LAY ONE’S CARDS ON THE TABLE to tell somebody honestly what you think or plan to do Chris decided to lay his cards on the table and inform Betty he was in love with someone else. 4) TO GET TO THE BOTTOM OF THINGS to discover the truth about the situation It is difficult for the police to get to the bottom of this crime as there are no witnesses who could confirm what really happened. 5) TO GET A GRASP to get the ability to understand something Sue had few language skills before she left Poland. After she had spent a year in London, they really developed and she got a good grasp of English. 6) TO SEE A LIGHT AT THE END OF THE TUNNEL to believe that a difficult situation will end Inflation is still rising but analysts say there is a light at the end of the tunnel and it will start falling before the end of the year. 7) TO SWEEP UNDER THE CARPET to try to hide a problem instead of dealing with it When some people don’t know how to deal with a problem they prefer to sweep it under the carpet and pretend not to bother about it. 8) TO BE IN A FIX to be in a difficult situation I’m in a real fix. The car doors are locked and the keys are inside.

89

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO BE AT A CROSSROADS to be at a crisis, at a turning point in one’s life When Julie divorced her husband, she found herself at a crossroads. She wasn’t sure whether she should stay in Spain or go back to Britain. 10) TO FIND A HAPPY MEDIUM to find a way that is not extreme but is somewhere between two possible choices Nowadays it’s very difficult for young women to find a happy medium between having a family and a career. 11) TO SKATE ON THIN ICE to take a big risk John’s position at work was not very stable so he knew he was skating on thin ice when he asked his boss for a pay rise. He risked losing his job. 12) TO PUT ONESELF IN SOMEONE ELSE’S SHOES to be in the same situation as someone else In order to understand what Joan is going through right now, you would have to put yourself in her shoes. 13) TO TAKE SOMETHING TO HEART to think about something seriously When Steve told us about the burglaries in this area, we took his warning to heart and installed an alarm system in our house. 14) TO KEEP A STRAIGHT FACE to look serious and not laugh although you are in a funny situation Although pupils in this class play jokes constantly, Mrs Smith manages to keep a straight face and remain serious no matter how hard they try to make her laugh. 15) TO BURN ONE’S FINGERS to suffer unpleasant results of an action I once invested some money on the stock market but I burned my fingers, lost almost all of it and decided never to try again. 16) TO BURN ONE’S BOATS / TO BURN ONE’S BRIDGES to do something which cannot be reversed or changed later After Jerry told his boss to go to hell, he knew he would be fired. He had burnt his boats and it was too late to reverse it. 17) TO GET INTO HOT WATER / TO GET INTO A MESS to get into trouble / to get into a difficult situation You get into trouble too often and you will get into hot water again when your teacher finds out you were cheating during the test.

90

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

18) TO MIND YOUR OWN BUSINESS not to ask questions or show interest in something I wish he’d mind his own business and stop telling me what I should do. 19) TO SEE DAYLIGHT to understand something that you didn’t understand before I thought I would never understand how the computer works but after a few classes with Mr Black I saw daylight and realised it wasn’t so difficult. 20) TO FACE THE MUSIC to accept criticism or punishment for something that you’ve done When they found out that Jane was the one who had taken the money, she had to face the music and couldn’t avoid punishment that time.

Exercise two

♪22

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20)

Melanie likes to stir things up. Steve tried to pour oil on troubled waters but it didn’t help. Chris decided to lay his cards on the table. It’s difficult to get to the bottom of this crime. She got a good grasp of English when she was in London. The analysts saw a light at the end of the tunnel. People often sweep their problems under the carpet. When I found the car doors locked, I was in a fix. After her divorce, Julie was at a crossroads. It was hard to find a happy medium in that situation. John was skating on thin ice when he asked for a pay rise. Put yourself in my shoes and you’ll know what I feel. He finally took my advice to heart. He kept a straight face and didn’t laugh. I burnt my fingers once and will never try again. He burnt his boats and there was no turning back. We’ll get into hot water when the teacher finds out. Just mind your own business, OK? After a few classes I saw daylight. I’m afraid it’s time to face the music.

91

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise three

♪23

Listen. John and Lucy had two children and when Lucy got pregnant again, they knew they were in a fix. They had had financial problems before but both of them preferred to sweep them under the carpet rather than get to the bottom of things and change anything. The atmosphere at home was really tense. Lucy tried to pour oil on troubled waters for the sake of the kids but finally they got a grasp of the fact that they were at a crossroads. When Lucy suggested that John should look for another job, he took her advice to heart. He tried hard but with no success. He spent days thinking what to do and then suddenly he saw daylight. Why couldn’t he confront his boss for the first time and ask him for a pay rise? That could be a happy medium. The next day John knocked at his boss’s door. He knew he was skating on thin ice but there was no way back. In a calm voice, he laid his cards on the table. Realising he could burn his bridges, he said he would have to quit if he didn’t get more money. When the manager asked for some time to think it over, John saw a light at the end of the tunnel. Later that day, when he finally got a promotion and a pay rise, he was really happy but he managed to keep a straight face in front of his colleagues.

Exercise four

♪24

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) John and Lucy were in a difficult situation. … John and Lucy were in a fix. 2) They preferred to hide their problems. … They preferred to sweep their problems under the carpet. 3) They didn’t want to discover the truth. … They didn’t want to get to the bottom of things. 4) Lucy tried to calm down the situation. … Lucy tried to pour oil on troubled waters. 5) Finally they understood their problem. … Finally they got a grasp of their problem. 6) They were at a crisis. … They were at a crossroads.

92

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

7) John thought about Lucy’s suggestion seriously. … John took Lucy’s suggestion to heart. 8) Suddenly, he understood what he couldn’t see before. … Suddenly, he saw daylight. 9) John found a perfect solution to his problem. … John found a happy medium. 10) He was risking a lot. … He was skating on thin ice. 11) John said honestly what he thought. … John laid his cards on the table. 12) He could say something that couldn’t be reversed. … He could burn his bridges. 13) He started to believe that there was some hope. … He saw a light at the end of the tunnel. 14) He managed to look serious. … He managed to keep a straight face.

93

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson seven

BEHAVIOUR

Exercise one

♪25

Listen. 1) TO BE OUT OF ONE’S MIND be mad, crazy Don’t be crazy! You must be out of your mind if you want to climb Mount Everest on your own. 2) TO BE AS THICK AS THIEVES of two people - very friendly Jack and Jim are as thick as thieves. They’ve been friends for years and they can always count on each other. 3) TO BLOW ONE’S OWN TRUMPET praise one’s own successes Oh, come on! Stop blowing your own trumpet. We know how successful you are and you don’t need to talk about it all the time. 4) TO GO ONE’S OWN WAY to act independently We had been partners until Joe decided to go his own way and set up a new business. 5) TO BE A BULL IN A CHINA SHOP to be awkward, tactless Mary can be so tactless! She acted like a bull in a china shop when she criticised the way I looked at my own birthday party. 6) TO BE A SNAKE IN THE GRASS to pretend to be a friend It’s very sad to discover that someone you once viewed as a friend turns out to be a snake in the grass. 7) TO DRIVE SOMEONE MAD to irritate or anger somebody My kids really drive me mad. It’s so irritating that they keep forgetting their front-door keys. 8) TO LOSE ONE’S TEMPER to become very angry Mary is so patient with the twins. I’ve never seen her lose her temper.

94

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO LOSE ONE’S HEAD to lose the ability to think clearly She can usually think clearly in stressful situations but this time she lost her head and stood there helplessly. 10) TO LOSE ONE’S TONGUE to say nothing because of shyness When Judy asked her husband where he had spent the previous night, he lost his tongue and couldn’t say a word. 11) TO KEEP ONE’S CHIN UP to stay brave and optimistic in a difficult situation We really admire Sue for keeping her chin up despite all the trouble she’s going through right now. 12) TO PLAY THE FOOL to behave in a silly way especially to make people laugh Stop playing the fool! You will fall off that ladder!

13) TO SHOW ONE’S TEETH to show anger or aggression This time you have to express how angry you are – show your teeth! 14) TO GET ON SOMEONE’S NERVES to irritate Joanna can be really irritating and if I was to spend more time with her, she would really get on my nerves. 15) TO HIT BELOW THE BELT to act unfairly or cruelly He was really hitting below the belt when he said those nasty things about Judy.

Exercise two

♪26

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

You must be out of your mind! Mark and Paul are as thick as thieves. Oh, come on! Stop blowing your own trumpet They separated and Joe went his own way. Mary acted like a bull in a china shop. He turned out to be a snake in the grass. My kids really drive me mad! She never loses her temper. 95

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

Think clearly and don’t lose your head! He lost his tongue and couldn’t say a word. Don’t lose your optimism and keep your chin up. Calm down and stop playing the fool! Gwen got really angry and showed her teeth. You are getting on my nerves! He hit me below the belt and hurt me deeply.

Exercise three

♪27

Listen. Paul and Steve have always been close friends. They were as thick as thieves and when they found themselves wives, their families started to share a big house. They lived in harmony until Steve’s children were born. The kids started to get on Paul’s nerves as the noise they made really drove him mad. When one day Paul asked Steve to do something about it, he heard that he was tactless. Just a bull in a china shop. Next time, when the noise was unbearable, Paul really got angry and showed his teeth. Then he heard that he must be out of his mind and that he would understand the situation if he had his own kids. That was enough for Paul. He and his wife couldn’t have children so with this remark Steve hit below the belt. Paul felt betrayed .He lost his tongue and realised his best friend had turned out to be a snake in the grass. Although it made him sad, he managed to keep his chin up. Paul didn’t lose his temper and calmly approached Steve, saying it was high time for them to go their own ways.

Exercise four

♪28

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) Paul and Steve were close friends. … Paul and Steve were as thick as thieves. 2) The kids started to irritate Paul. … The kids started to get on Paul’s nerves. 3) The noise made him really angry. … The noise drove him mad. 4) Paul was awkward and tactless. … Paul acted like a bull in a china shop.

96

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

5) Paul finally showed his anger. … Paul showed his teeth. 6) Paul heard he must be crazy … Paul heard he must be out of his mind. 7) Steve’s words were cruel. … Steve hit below the belt. 8) Paul couldn’t say a word. … Paul lost his tongue. 9) Steve only pretended to be a friend. … Steve was a snake in the grass. 10) Paul managed to stay optimistic. … Paul kept his chin up. 11) Paul stayed calm. … Paul didn’t lose his temper. 12) It was time for them to separate. … It was time to go their own ways.

97

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson eight

FEELINGS

Exercise one

♪29

Listen. 1) TO BE ON CLOUD NINE to be very happy I was on cloud nine when I finally passed the last exam and could go on my holiday. 2) TO BE IN HIGH SPIRITS to be excited and happy The whole school was very excited when one of the pupils won the race but they were only really in high spirits when he was shown on TV. 3) TO BE IN SEVENTH HEAVEN to be extremely happy Paul was in seventh heaven when he found out he had won the lottery. 4) TO BE AT EASE to feel relaxed Before taking an important exam, it’s best to take some rest and relax in order to feel more at ease. 5) TO BE IN A BLACK MOOD to be irritable, angry This rain puts me in a black mood. I really feel depressed. 6) TO HAVE SOMETHING ON ONE’S MIND to think or worry about something I can see that something is worrying you. Tell me, what’s on your mind? 7) TO BE ABLE TO EAT A HORSE to be very hungry After a long swim in the sea, he felt so hungry that he could eat a horse. 8) TO BE SHAKING IN ONE’S SHOES to be very frightened or anxious I was shaking in my shoes when I heard a scream in the middle of the night. It was so terrifying that I hid under my bed.

98

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO JUMP OUT OF ONE’S SKIN to be very surprised or shocked I’m afraid of mice so when I saw this little creature running across my room, I almost jumped out of my skin. 10) TO BE LIKE A FISH OUT OF WATER to feel awkward because you are not familiar with the situation All the other guests arrived in casual clothes so she felt like a fish out of water in her fancy dress. 11) TO BE ON EDGE to be very nervous or worried about something The footballers were all on edge before the final match. The pressure was too big to handle. 12) TO BE ON TENTERHOOKS to nervously wait to find out what’s going to happen We were all on tenterhooks waiting for the exam results. 13) TO BE OVER THE MOON to be extremely pleased Joe had been trying to find a job for six months so when he was offered the post of the vice president of the company, he was over the moon. 14) TO SEE RED to become very angry When Matt accused me in front of my workmates, I just saw red. I got so furious that I grabbed him and pushed him against the wall. 15) TO BE FULL OF BEANS to be very energetic After a long nap the kids were so full of beans that I could hardly control them.

Exercise two

♪30

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

I was on cloud nine when I passed the exam. After winning the race, the students were in high spirits. He was in seventh heaven when he won the lottery. At the end of the day I could finally feel at ease. This rain puts me in a black mood. He had other things on his mind. I’m so hungry I could eat a horse. I was shaking in my shoes when I heard the scream. 99

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) 10) 11) 12)

The noise made me almost jump out of my skin. In her casual clothes she felt like a fish out of water. We were on edge before the final match. They were on tenterhooks waiting for the results.

13) 14) 15)

I was over the moon when I finally found a job. The teacher got furious and saw red. The kids were full of beans as usual.

Exercise three

♪31

Listen. It was a gloomy November afternoon. The kids were sitting in a classroom waiting on tenterhooks for the bell to ring and end the lesson. The teacher, usually nice and at ease, seemed to be in a black mood. You could see he had something else on his mind and he was really on edge. Only little Tom in the back row was full of beans as usual. He was in high spirits because he had a birthday party later that day. Tom couldn’t sit in one place, and when Mr Morris saw him wander around, the teacher saw red. He shouted so loudly that Tom almost jumped out of his skin. Everybody felt like a fish out of water as Mr Morris never shouted at us. Tom was shaking in his shoes but luckily, the bell rang and we could go home at last. Later that day, Tom forgot about everything. His birthday party started at five and he was on cloud nine when he saw all the gifts. However, the biggest surprise was yet to come. At nine o’clock Tom’s grandparents turned up with a little puppy as a present. Tom was in seventh heaven as he had always dreamt of his own dog.

Exercise four

♪32

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) The kids were waiting impatiently. … The kids were on tenterhooks. 2) The teacher didn’t seem relaxed. … The teacher didn’t seem at ease. 3) Mr Morris was angry. … Mr Morris was in a black mood. 4) There was something worrying him. … He had something on his mind. 100

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

5) He was very nervous. … He was on edge. 6) Tom was full of energy. … Tom was full of beans. 7) He was excited and happy. … He was in high spirits. 8) The teacher got very angry. … The teacher saw red. 9) Tom was very surprised and shocked. … Tom almost jumped out of his skin. 10) We all felt very awkward. … We felt like a fish out of water. 11) Tom was very frightened. … Tom was shaking in his shoes. 12) The child was very happy. … The child was on cloud nine. Tom was in seventh heaven.

101

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson nine

HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH

Exercise one

♪33

Listen. 1) NOT TO LOOK ONE’S AGE to appear to be younger than one is Barbara! It’s been ages since I last saw you and you haven’t changed at all! You certainly don’t look your age! 2) TO LOOK YOUNG FOR ONE’S YEARS to seem younger than one is, to be youthful Wearing jeans and t-shirts, Mrs Johnson looks incredibly young for her years. Nobody believes she has turned sixty. 3) TO BE GETTING ON IN YEARS to be getting old Since his wife died, poor Henry has been getting on in years quite fast. He looks older each day. 4) TO BE IN THE AUTUMN OF ONE’S LIFE to live one’s last years Sometimes people find true love in the autumn of their lives and even get married when they are very old. 5) TO BE IN GOOD HEALTH / TO BE IN GOOD SHAPE to be in good condition She’s bought an exercise bike because she promised herself to be fit and in good shape before summer begins. 6) TO BE IN POOR HEALTH / TO BE IN POOR SHAPE to be in bad condition I’ve heard Steve is in poor health and can’t leave his bed. Let’s visit him and cheer him up a bit. 7) TO FEEL UNDER THE WEATHER / TO LOOK A BIT UNDER THE WEATHER to feel ill, to look a bit ill I feel a little under the weather – I think I’ve caught a cold. 8) TO BE OFF COLOUR to feel slightly ill My grandfather has been off colour for a few days. He looks so miserable that I think I’ll call the doctor. 102

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO LOOK RUN-DOWN to look tired and not healthy When we finished redecorating our flat, we were run-down. We were so exhausted that we took a few days off just to rest. 10) TO CATCH A DISEASE to become ill If you don’t sleep long enough, your organism gets weak and you can easily catch a disease. 11) TO BE ON ONE’S LAST LEGS to be old or in very bad condition It looks as if his father is on his last legs. I’m afraid he will die soon. 12) TO BE ON ONE’S DEATHBED to be close to death On her deathbed, Fred’s mother revealed that he was adopted. It’s amazing that she managed to keep it a secret until the day she died. 13) TO HAVE ONE FOOT IN THE GRAVE to be very old and very ill (humorous) Oh, come on Jack! If you don’t stop complaining about your health, we’ll think that you have one foot in the grave. You’re not dying! 14) TO KICK THE BUCKET to die Didn’t you hear? Old Mrs Smith has kicked the bucket. She had a heart attack. 15) TO DIE BEFORE ONE’S TIME to die young Poor Linda was only twenty-seven when they discovered she had cancer. She died much before her time.

Exercise two

♪34

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

Barbara doesn’t look her age. In these jeans you look young for your age. Henry is getting on in years quite fast. People may find happiness in the autumn of their lives. She exercises in order to be in good shape. Steve doesn’t leave his bed any more. I feel a little under the weather today. My grandpa has been off colour for a few days. You look run down and you need to rest. 103

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

Dress warmly or you’ll catch a disease. His father is on his last legs. On her deathbed, she revealed the secret. Jack jokes that he has one foot in the grave. Old Mrs Smith has kicked the bucket. Poor Linda died much before her time.

Exercise three

♪35

Listen. Getting on in years is a natural process no one can stop. With age we all get weaker, catch diseases more easily and tend to feel under the weather quite often. Some people are of an opinion that it’s better to die before one’s time than to live and suffer all the illnesses and sadness which old age brings. I think they are wrong. My grandfather is a living example of a happy elderly gentleman who is in good shape despite being in the autumn of his life. Grandpa is eighty-five years old but doesn’t look his age. He’s very active and although he sometimes looks run down at the end of the day, he would never admit he is on his last legs. He keeps telling us he has one foot in the grave but everyone knows it’s a joke. Grandpa loves our visits. He calls us and asks if we will find the time to see him before he kicks the bucket. His sense of humour and active lifestyle keep him in good health.

Exercise four

♪36

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) Getting old is a natural process. … Getting on in years is a natural process. 2) With age we get ill more easily. … With age we catch diseases more easily. 3) We tend to feel ill more often. … We tend to feel under the weather more often. 4) Some people wish they could die young. … Some people wish they could die before their time. 5) My grandpa is in good condition. … My grandpa is in good shape.

104

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) He is very old. … He is in the autumn of his life. 7) He appears to be younger. … He doesn’t look his age. 8) He sometimes looks tired. … He sometimes looks run down. 9) He is sometimes tired and in very bad condition. … He is sometimes on his last legs. 10) He says he is almost dead. … He says he has one foot in the grave. 11) He asks us to visit him before he dies. … He asks us to visit him before he kicks the bucket. 12) His sense of humour keeps him in good physical condition. … His sense of humour keeps him in good health.

105

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson ten

CRIME

Exercise one

♪37

Listen. 1) TO COME TO A BAD END to develop in a criminal way and suffer the consequences (eg. prison) When Jim turned to drugs I warned him he would come to a bad end and I was right. Now he’s in prison for drug dealing. 2) A CAPITAL OFFENCE / A CAPITAL CRIME an offence which is punished by death The judge found her guilty of a capital offence and she was hanged a year later. 3) A JAIL BIRD somebody who has been in prison more than once The villain in this movie is a jail bird who spent fifteen years in four different prisons. 4) TO SERVE TIME / TO DO TIME to be in prison John Smith is still serving time after murdering his wife. I don’t think he’ll be released soon. 5) TO BE AT LARGE to be free (of a criminal who escaped or is before arrest) In today’s newspaper we could read that the escaped prisoners haven’t been caught yet and are still at large. 6) TO BE ON PAROLE (of a prisoner) to have been released from prison for a short time The prisoner has been released on condition that he will not commit a crime or try to escape. He’s on parole. 7) TO BREAK PRISON to escape from prison Yesterday two prisoners broke prison in our town, but luckily they were caught five hours later. 8) TO GO TO LAW to take up court proceedings against someone After years of violent abuse from her husband, Amy finally decided to go to law. I hope he’ll be found guilty and put in jail.

106

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO HAVE CLEAN HANDS to be innocent I swear I haven’t stolen this money! I have clean hands and I can prove I’m innocent! 10) TO CATCH SOMEONE RED-HANDED to discover someone doing something illegal or wrong The police caught him red-handed trying to take out the wallet from that woman’s pocket. They saw the whole thing. 11) CRIME DOESN’T PAY if you do something illegal, you’ll probably be caught and punished Crime doesn’t pay and sooner or later those who break the law end up in prison. 12) DAYLIGHT ROBBERY a situation in which you are charged much more for something than you think you should pay Four pounds for a glass of apple juice? It’s daylight robbery! I will certainly not pay that much. 13) IN COLD BLOOD in a cruel and deliberate way It was not an accident but a planned, deliberate action. Those unarmed civilians were just shot in cold blood. 14) TO SET A THIEF / TO CATCH A THIEF to arrest a thief My family decided to stay up all night to try to catch the thief who was stealing plants from our back garden. 15) TO BE ON THE ALERT to be prepared to act immediately Over one hundred policemen were put on the alert and they were ready to act immediately when they saw something suspicious.

Exercise two

♪38

Listen. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

Jim came to a bad end. She was found guilty of a capital offence. He is a jail bird who has spent years in many prisons. John Smith is still serving time. Two prisoners have escaped and are at large now. He’s been released on parole. They broke prison but were caught a day later. Finally Amy decided to go to law. 107

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

I swear I have clean hands. The police caught him red-handed. We all know that crime doesn’t pay. Five pounds for this is just daylight robbery! Those people were shot in cold blood. Everybody wanted to catch this thief. Many policemen were put on the alert.

Exercise three

♪39

Listen. -

-

Have you heard? Tom Silverblade, the jail bird from our district, has broken prison again! You can’t be serious! People say he’s guilty of a capital offence. Everyone knows he’s the one who killed poor Mrs Hogan last year. Yes, someone murdered her in cold blood but as Tom wasn’t caught red-handed, he claims he has clean hands. Well, we have to be on the alert. Do you remember? Last time he was on parole, he tried to steal Mr Grey’s car but the police caught him. Yes, the Greys went to law and he was imprisoned for twelve months. I remember that. Well, when Tom was a little boy he was a real troublemaker. Somehow I knew he would come to a bad end. I had the same feeling about him. Look, he has spent half his life in prison but apparently he hasn’t learnt that crime doesn’t pay.

Exercise four

♪40

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) Tom Silverblade has spent years in various prisons. … Tom Silverblade is a jail bird. 2) He has escaped from prison. … He has broken prison. 3) This offence is punished by death. … This is a capital offence. 4) Someone murdered her deliberately. … Someone murdered her in cold blood.

108

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

5) He wasn’t discovered doing it. … He wasn’t caught red-handed. 6) Tom claims he’s innocent. … Tom claims he has clean hands. 7) We have to watch out. … We have to be on the alert. 8) He was released from prison for a short time. … He was on parole. 9) The police arrested the thief. … The police caught the thief. 10) The Greys took the case to court. … The Greys went to law. 11) I knew he would end up in prison … I knew he would come to a bad end. 12) If you commit a crime, you’ll be punished. … Crime doesn’t pay.

109

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson eleven Exercise one

ENTERTAINMENT ♪41

Listen. 1) TO HAVE A NIGHT OUT to go out for an evening of entertainment Let’s go somewhere tonight! We haven’t had a night out for months and I really can’t sit at home any longer. 2) TO MAKE A DAY OF SOMETHING to spend the whole day enjoying oneself Yesterday we rented some movies and made a day of watching our favourite films on video. We spent all day in front of the TV screen. 3) TO HAVE A GOOD TIME / TO HAVE A GREAT TIME to enjoy oneself It was the best wedding I had ever been to. I had a great time and I’m sure all the other guests enjoyed it too. 4) TO GO OUT ON THE TOWN to go out and enjoy oneself in the town When Susan passed her last exam, she and her boyfriend went out on the town and enjoyed themselves all night long. 5) TO WEAR ONE’S SUNDAY BEST to wear one’s best clothes The Grey family, in their Sunday best, set out to church. Even little Betty was wearing her best pink dress and shining white shoes. 6) A BLIND DATE an arranged meeting for two people who have never met each other before I would never go on a blind date. I think it’s quite risky to spend an evening with someone you’ve never seen before. 7) TO THROW A PARTY to organise a party and invite people When Joe turned eighteen, he threw a huge party in a pub and invited almost forty people. 8) TO BE THE LIFE AND SOUL OF THE PARTY to be someone who enjoys social occasions and is fun to be with Let’s invite Bob! He’s the life and soul of the party and people always enjoy his company.

110

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) HARD DRINKS strong drinks Joe promised his parents they wouldn’t have any hard drinks during the party, just beer and some wine. 10) TO BE HIGH to be extremely high-spirited after taking alcohol or drugs After five glasses of vodka he was so high that he started singing and we had to leave the restaurant. 11) THIN BEER weak or watery beer The food at the party was a disappointment. All we had was thin beer in plastic cups and some fatty snacks on our tables.

12) TO STAND SOMEONE A DRINK to pay for someone’s drink When we broke the news to Jack, he was so happy that he stood us all a drink. Later he even paid for the snacks. 13) TO GO DUTCH to share the cost of something, especially a meal Mary insisted on paying for the meal but we decided to go Dutch and everyone paid for themselves. 14) TO FEEL LIKE DOING SOMETHING to have a desire to do something Carol is tired and she doesn’t feel like going out tonight so let’s stay at home and prepare something special for supper. 15) TO BE KEEN ON to like My flatmates would like to have a party but I have to study so I’m not very keen on the idea.

Exercise two

♪42

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

We haven’t had a night out for months. Yesterday we made a day of watching films on DVD. I had a great time at the party last night. Let’s go out on the town and have some fun. Little Betty was wearing her Sunday best. I would never go on a blind date. When he turned eighteen, he threw a huge party. Bob is the life and soul of the party. 111

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

No hard drinks are allowed at this party. He was so high that he fell asleep on the table. All we drank was thin beer in plastic cups. Let me stand you a drink. After the dinner we decided to go Dutch. I feel like watching a good comedy tonight. I’m not very keen on horror movies.

Exercise three

♪43

Listen. People think I’m a bore. Let’s face it – it’s not typical of a teenager to be keen on classical music and ballet. Yesterday, for example, I made a day of watching my favourite ballets on video. My friends know I’m not the life and soul of the party so they have stopped inviting me and I haven’t had a night out for months. Last week, however, Monica was throwing a party and asked me to come. She even arranged a blind date for me and assured me I would have a great time. I didn’t feel like going at all but I couldn’t disappoint Monica. In the evening I wore my Sunday best and met Susan – my date at the pub. I stood us a drink so we could feel more at ease and then we went to Monica’s place. There were lots of hard drinks on the tables and many guests were already high. After a while I got so dizzy that I had to leave. Susan left with me. We went to a small café and had supper together. I insisted on paying for it but finally we went Dutch. It was a fantastic evening and I hope I will see her again.

Exercise four

♪44

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) I like classical music. … I’m keen on classical music. 2) I spent a day watching ballets. … I made a day of watching ballets. 3) I don’t enjoy social occasions. … I’m not the life and soul of the party. 4) I haven’t gone out for an evening for months. … I haven’t had a night out for months. 5) Monika was organising a party. … Monika was throwing a party. 112

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) She arranged a meeting for two people who had never met before. … She arranged a blind date. 7) She said I would enjoy myself. … She said I would have a great time. 8) I didn’t want to go. … I didn’t feel like going. 9) I wore my best clothes. … I wore my Sunday best. 10) I paid for our drinks. … I stood us some drinks. 11) There were strong drinks on the tables. … There were hard drinks on the tables. 12) Many guests were drunk. … Many guests were high. 13) We shared the cost of the supper. … We went Dutch.

113

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson twelve

HOLIDAY / TRAVEL

Exercise one

♪45

Listen. 1) A PACKAGE HOLIDAY a tour arranged by a travel agent; transportation, food and lodging are all provided at an inclusive price If you don’t want to worry about the details of your trip to Greece, I suggest taking a package holiday. The travel agent will arrange everything for you. 2) A COACH PARTY a group of people travelling on an organised journey or excursion on a private bus It’s quite expensive to visit this museum individually but coach parties of over twenty people are offered big discounts. 3) TO SLEEP IN THE OPEN to sleep out of doors The night was so beautiful that we didn’t put up our tents and slept in the open. 4) TO TRAVEL LIGHT to travel without much luggage My car is very small so we can’t take much luggage with us. We will have to travel light. 5) TO BE ON THE ROAD to travel to different places The band gives a lot of concerts all over the country and it spends four months a year on the road. 6) TO HIT THE ROAD to start a journey I don’t like driving when it’s dark so I’d better hit the road before it gets too late. 7) TO MAKE A TRIP THROUGH THE COUNTRY / TO GO ON A ROUND TRIP THROUGH THE COUNTRY to go around the country and return to the starting point We are planning to rent a caravan and make a round trip through America to show the kids as much as possible. We start and finish in Seattle. 8) TO BREAK THE JOURNEY to stop somewhere on the way to somewhere else David was getting tired of driving so we had to break the journey and have some sleep.

114

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO TRAVEL THROUGH / TO TRAVEL NON-STOP to travel without any breaks Although we had to cover five hundred kilometres, we decided to travel through and we didn’t even stop for coffee. 10) TO CROSS A BORDER to enter another country When you cross the border and enter another country, you must go through customs control. 11) TO HITCH A RIDE / TO HITCH-HIKE to stand at the roadside and ask a car driver for a ride Many young people choose to hitch-hike during their holidays because it’s cheap. They don’t realise that asking a stranger for a ride can be dangerous. 12) TO GET ITCHY FEET to have a very strong or irresistible impulse to travel Why have you bought all these travel brochures? Are you getting itchy feet and planning a new journey? 13) TO GO ON A GUIDED TOUR to do the sights with a guide When we came to London for the first time, we didn’t know our way around so we contacted a travel agency and went on a guided tour around the city. 14) TO DO A SIGHT-SEEING TOUR to look round buildings, museums, etc. Betty wanted to see the most important buildings and monuments in Gdansk so we decided to do a sight–seeing tour with her. 15) TO TAKE A SHORTCUT to choose a quicker and more direct way of getting somewhere than the usual one We thought we would be late for the show so we took a shortcut through the park and this route turned out to be much quicker.

Exercise two

♪46

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

I advise you to take a package holiday. Coach parties are offered big discounts. The night was warm and we slept in the open. We will travel light this time. I spend four months a year on the road. It’s time for me to hit the road. We want to go on a round trip through Spain. David had to break the journey and have some rest. 115

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

We travelled through and didn’t stop at all. They crossed the border at midnight. Many young people hitch-hike during their holidays. I’m getting itchy feet again. We went on a guided tour around the city. Betty did a sight-seeing tour with her cousin. We took a shortcut through the park.

Exercise three

♪47

Listen. -

I can see you’re getting itchy feet again! Yes, I’m planning to make a round trip through Slovakia this time. How are you going to get there? I’m taking a train and travelling through till I cross the border. Then I’m going to hitch-hike. In this way I can break the journey whenever I want. Wouldn’t you prefer to go an a package holiday? Oh, no. I tried to go on a guided tour once and coach parties are just not for me. How long will you be away? Well, I’m going to be on the road for four weeks. Is this all your luggage? Yes, I like to travel light. Fine, but where are you going to sleep? I will sleep in the open if the weather is good enough. So when are you leaving? I’m hitting the road at 5 a.m. tomorrow. Well, good luck and send me a postcard.

Exercise four

♪48

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) I have a strong desire to travel again. … I’m getting itchy feet again. 2) I’ll go around Slovakia. … I’ll make a round trip through Slovakia. 3) I’ll travel without a break. … I’ll travel through.

116

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

4) I’ll stop when I enter Slovakia. … I’ll stop when I cross the border. 5) I’m going to ask drivers for a lift. … I’m going to hitch-hike. 6) I can stop whenever I want. … I can break the journey whenever I want. 7) I don’t like arranged tours. … I don’t like package holidays. 8) Organised groups of tourists are not for me. … Coach parties are not for me. 9) I’ll travel for four weeks. … I’ll be on the road for four weeks. 10) I like travelling with little luggage. … I like travelling light. 11) I’ll sleep out of doors. … I’ll sleep in the open. 12) I’m starting the journey tomorrow. … I’m hitting the road tomorrow.

117

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson thirteen FAMILY Exercise one

♪49

Listen. 1) A GRASS WIDOW a woman who spends a lot of time alone, often because her husband is working in another place Since my husband got a new job far away from home, I’ve become a grass widow and I admit I feel very lonely at times. 2) A HENPECKED HUSBAND a man who is always being told what to do by his wife Chris is too afraid to disagree with his wife and he always does what she wants so no wonder his friends call him a henpecked husband. 3) TO WEAR THE TROUSERS to be the person in a relationship who makes all the important decisions Ann is the one who wears the trousers in this family. She decides about the family budget and other most important things. 4) AN OLD MAID a woman who has never married My neighbour is an old maid. After her fiancé died in a car accident many years ago, she decided never to get married. 5) TO LEAD A WOMAN TO THE ALTAR to marry a woman After years of friendship, Dave finally led Denise to the altar. They got married in a beautiful old church in Oxford. 6) A CONFIRMED BACHELOR a man who doesn’t want to get married It’s no use trying to find Kevin a wife. He’s a confirmed bachelor and he said he would never get married. 7) TO HAVE AN AFFAIR to have a secret sexual relationship with someone When Mallory found out that her husband had cheated on her and had an affair with his secretary, she kicked him out of the house.

118

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) FLESH AND BLOOD relative How can you be so cruel to your son? He’s your own flesh and blood! You shouldn’t treat your family members in this way. 9) TO RUN THE STREETS (of children) to be unattended by parents Nowadays many parents are too busy to notice that their children are running the streets unattended, asking for trouble. 10) TO PLAY TRUANT to stay away from school without permission Nick played truant nine days last month so the headmaster had to call his mother to inform her about her son’s absences. 11) TO BE THE BLACK SHEEP OF THE FAMILY to be someone who is regarded by other members of a family as a failure or embarrassment My mother was the black sheep of the family – she ran away at seventeen to marry a painter and her parents never forgave her. 12) TO FOLLOW IN SOMEONE’S FOOTSTEPS to do the same job or the same things in life as someone else, especially a member of your family My father is an actor and when I decided to follow in his footsteps and become an actress myself, he was very supportive. 13) THE GENERATION GAP the lack of understanding between older and younger people Despite a big age difference between me and my mother, we’ve never felt any generation gap. We understand each other perfectly. 14) TO BE BORN WITH A SILVER SPOON IN ONE’S MOUTH to be the son or daughter of a very rich family He’s never been concerned with money, which is quite natural of someone who was born with a silver spoon in their mouth. His parents are rich enough to provide for all his needs. 15) BLUE BLOOD royal or noble ancestry When she was studying her family tree, she discovered that her great grandmother belonged to a noble family and so she has a bit of blue blood coursing through her veins.

119

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise two

♪50

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

My husband works abroad and I’m a grass widow. Chris is a henpecked husband. Ann is the one who wears the trousers in this family. My neighbour is an old maid. Dave has finally led Denise to the altar. Kevin is a confirmed bachelor and he’ll never marry. Her husband had an affair with his secretary. Tommy is your own flesh and blood. Many children run the streets unattended. I never played truant when I was at school. Uncle Steve was the black sheep of the family. I will follow in my father’s footsteps some day. The generation gap causes big problems in every family. He was born with a silver spoon in his mouth. I discovered there is blue blood in my family.

Exercise three

♪51

Listen. My grandma told me once that there is blue blood in our veins. Well, to me my family seems quite common and I can’t trace any nobility in the way we live. My mother is practically a grass widow as my father spends eight months a year at sea. When he’s home, he turns into a quiet henpecked husband and it’s my mum who wears the trousers in my family. My brother Leo is a confirmed bachelor and he swears he will never lead any woman to the altar. He is said to be the black sheep of the family. He played truant a lot when he was at school and now refuses to find himself a job. There are fights between him and our mother but Leo claims it’s all because of the generation gap. My sister Clair was afraid of becoming an old maid so when she turned twenty she married our next-door neighbour. They have three children now and they usually run the streets completely unattended. Thus, as you can see, my family is quite ordinary. Sometimes I can’t believe they are my own flesh and blood.

120

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise four

♪52

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) Our family is of noble origin. … Our family has blue blood in their veins. 2) My mother is often alone as my father works far away from home. … My mother is a grass widow. 3) My father does what my mum tells him. … My father is a henpecked husband. 4) My mother makes all the important decisions in the family. … My mother wears the trousers in my family. 5) Leo doesn’t want to get married. … Leo is a confirmed bachelor. 6) He will never marry anybody. … He will never lead a woman to the altar. 7) Leo is a failure and a disappointment. … Leo is the black sheep of the family. 8) He stayed away from school without permission. … He played truant. 9) They fight because of a big difference in age. … They fight because of the generation gap. 10) Clair was afraid she would never get married. … Clair was afraid she would become an old maid. 11) The kids are often unattended by their parents. … Their kids often run the streets. 12) I can’t believe they are my relatives. … I can’t believe they are my flesh and blood. 121

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS Lesson fourteen

ANIMALS

Exercise one

♪53

Listen. 1) TO KILL TWO BIRDS WITH ONE STONE to achieve two aims with only one effort I killed two birds with one stone and saw some old friends when I was in Brighton on business. 2) TO TAKE THE BULL BY THE HORNS to decide to face a problem rather than avoid it Whenever Sue has a problem, she doesn’t just sit and wait but takes the bull by the horns and tries to solve it one way or the other. 3) TO HAVE BUTTERFLIES IN ONE’S STOMACH to feel physical discomfort in one’s stomach because of nervousness When Joe proposed to me, I was so excited and nervous that I felt butterflies in my stomach 4) TO LET THE CAT OUT OF THE BAG to reveal a secret I asked her not to tell anyone but of course she let the cat out of the bag and now everybody knows I’m in love. 5) TO GO TO THE DOGS to decline into a very bad state Nobody took care of the building so after twenty years it went to the dogs completely. Now it’s a ruin. 6) TO LET SLEEPING DOGS LIE to avoid mentioning the subject as it could cause trouble George felt he should confront his brother and tell him he was a liar but this would cause a fight so he didn’t say a word and let sleeping dogs lie. 7) TO HAVE OTHER FISH TO FRY to have more important tasks to attend to Whenever Helen asks her husband to help her with the kids, he says he has other fish to fry. I think all these important tasks he has to attend to are just an excuse. 122

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) TO TAKE THE LION’S SHARE to take the largest part After winning a lottery we were planning to share the money equally but Steve took the lion’s share and left the country. We were left with just a small part of what we had won. 9) TO BUY A PIG IN A POKE to buy or accept something without first seeing it or knowing what it’s like I never buy clothes from a catalogue. Without trying them on first, it’s like buying a pig in a poke.

10) TO SMELL A RAT to detect something suspicious We were planning to play a trick on Peter but he detected there was something suspicious going on. He smelled a rat immediately. 11) TO COOK SOMEONE’S GOOSE to spoil someone’s plans either intentionally or unintentionally My little brother really cooked my goose when he told my parents what present I had for them. He ruined my chance to surprise them. 12) TO HAVE A BEE IN ONE’S BONNET to keep talking about something again and again She’s got a real bee in her bonnet about saving electricity and keeps telling us to switch off the lights, turn off the TV and so on. 13) TO RAIN CATS AND DOGS to rain heavily It’s raining cats and dogs! If you are planning to leave, you’d better wait until it stops raining so heavily. 14) TO GO AT A SNAIL’S PACE to go extremely slowly Thousands of people were driving to spend the weekend outside New York so we were moving very slowly as the traffic was going at a snail’s pace. 15) TO BE A WOLF IN SHEEP’S CLOTHING to seem to be pleasant and friendly but be in fact dangerous or evil Tom can be dangerous so be careful with him. On the surface warm and charming, he might prove to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing.

123

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise two

♪54

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

I killed two birds with one stone. He didn’t wait and took the bull by the horns. I have butterflies in my stomach before each exam. She let the cat out of the bag and spoiled the surprise. This building has gone to the dogs lately. He didn’t say a word and let sleeping dogs lie. He had other fish to fry and left. Steve took the lion’s share of the money. I would never buy a pig in a poke. Peter smelled a rat immediately. I wanted to surprise him but he cooked my goose. She has a bee in her bonnet about having a baby. It’s raining cats and dogs again! We were moving at a snail’s pace. Tom proved to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing.

Exercise three

♪55

Listen. Ben seemed to have a bee in his bonnet about having a little cottage somewhere in the country. When he finally found a perfect offer on the Internet, he decided to see the place. He wouldn’t like to buy a pig in a poke. It was raining cats and dogs when he and his business partner, Matthew, were sitting on the train to a small village near London. They had some business to do there so Ben decided to kill two birds with one stone and see the cottage as well. The train went at a snail’s pace so they had time to talk. Matthew didn’t know about Ben’s plans. At the end of the journey, however, Ben let the cat out of the bag. Later, when they were about to take a train back, Matthew said that he had other fish to fry and he stayed in the village. At that point Ben could smell a rat but he let the sleeping dogs lie and didn’t say a word. He had butterflies in his stomach on his way back. Having reached the office, he decided to take the bull by the horns and confront Matthew openly. After a short telephone conversation Ben found out that Matthew had cooked his goose as he had bought the cottage for himself. He turned out to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing and Ben wished he had kept his mouth shut.

Exercise four

♪56

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) Ben kept talking about buying a cottage. …

Ben had a bee in his bonnet about buying a cottage. 124

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

2) He didn’t want to buy it without seeing it first. …

He didn’t want to buy a pig in a poke. 3) It was raining heavily. …

It was raining cats and dogs. 4) Ben did some business and saw the cottage as well. …

Ben killed two birds with one stone. 5) The train went very slowly. …

The train went at a snail’s pace. 6) Ben revealed his secret. …

Ben let the cat out of the bag. 7) Matthew had other tasks to attend to. …

Mathew had other fish to fry. 8) Ben detected something suspicious. …

Ben smelled a rat. 9) He didn’t mention the subject to avoid trouble. …

He let sleeping dogs lie. 10) He was very worried. …

He had butterflies in his stomach. 11) He decided to face the problem. …

He decided to take the bull by the horns. 12) Matthew spoiled Ben’s plans. …

Matthew cooked Ben’s goose. 13) Matthew turned out not to be a real friend. …

Matthew turned out to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing.

125

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson fifteen

PARTS OF THE BODY

Exercise one

♪57

Listen. 1) TO DO SOMETHING BEHIND SOMEONE’S BACK to do something without one’s knowledge, in a way which is unfair Ben must be informed about our plans. I don’t want to do anything behind his back. 2) TO MAKE NO BONES ABOUT SOMETHING to say clearly what you think or feel although you may embarrass or offend somebody My mother-in-law admits quite openly that she doesn’t like me. At family meetings she makes no bones about how much she hates me. 3) TO GET SOMETHING OFF ONE’S CHEST to tell someone about something that has been worrying you in order to make you feel better Come on! Tell me what’s troubling you. You will feel better once you get it off your chest. 4) TO BE ALL EARS to be very eager to hear what someone’s going to say Mary was very curious to find out what had happened at the party so when I started talking, she was all ears. 5) TO BE AN EYE-OPENER to be an experience from which you learn something surprising or new This film has changed the way I see mother-daughter relationships. It was a real eye-opener. 6) TO HAVE AN EYE FOR SOMETHING to be good at noticing something Helen has an eye for details so when we met yesterday she immediately noticed my new make-up. 7) TO HAVE SOMETHING AT ONE’S FINGERTIPS to have knowledge or information ready and available to use very easily If you need any more information, it’s ready and available. We have all the facts and figures at our fingertips. 8) TO MAKE ONE’S HAIR STAND ON END to make someone feel very frightened I’m afraid of heights and the thought of trying bungee-jumping is so terrifying that it makes my hair stand on end. 9) TO LEARN SOMETHING BY HEART to memorise something The teacher asked us to learn the poem by heart so I spent all evening memorising it. 126

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) TO PULL SOMEONE’S LEG to tell someone something that is not true as a way of joking with them I thought she was pulling my leg when she told me about her engagement but she wasn’t joking at all. 11) TO HAVE SOMETHING ON THE TIP OF ONE’S TONGUE to want to say something but cannot remember it I had her surname on the tip of my tongue but no matter how hard I tried, I couldn’t remember it. 12) TO STICK ONE’S NECK OUT to give an opinion which other people may not like or are frightened to give All the staff members were of an opinion that the manager had made a mistake but nobody wanted to stick their neck out and say it out loud. They were afraid of losing their jobs. 13) TO BE GETTING OUT OF HAND to be getting out of control When they started arguing, things got a little out of hand and the neighbours called the police to get the situation under control. 14) TO SPLIT HAIRS to argue or worry about small, unimportant details Oh, stop splitting hairs! It’s natural for a teenager to spend more time with his friends instead of his parents. There is really nothing to worry about. 15) TO HAVE A CHIP ON ONE’S SHOULDER to easily become offended or angry because you think you’ve been treated unfairly in the past She has a chip on her shoulder about her height so, please, don’t mention this subject because she might get offended.

Exercise two

♪58

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10)

We mustn’t do anything behind his back. He made no bones about what he really thought. Tell me! Just get it off your chest! Go on. I’m all ears. This film was a real eye-opener. You have an eye for details. The information you need is at your fingertips. The scream made my hair stand on end. The students must learn the poem by heart. I don’t like such jokes so stop pulling my leg! 127

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

I had her name on the tip of my tongue. Only Paul was brave enough to stick his neck out. The situation is getting out of hand. There is no need to worry so stop splitting hairs! He has a chip on his shoulder about his height.

Exercise three

♪59

Listen. I have a chip on my shoulder about loyalty in a marriage. I always suspect my husband of doing something behind my back. Whenever he’s late from work I make no bones about how jealous I am. I tell him “OK, what is it this time? I’m all ears!” I can see he is getting tired of this. He says I’m splitting hairs. But I really suffer! One day I broke down and I wanted to get it off my chest so I called my friend Lucy. She has an eye for details so I asked her if she had noticed that the situation in my marriage was getting out of hand. At first she refused to talk to me because she didn’t want to stick her neck out. I assured her that I needed her honest opinion. What I heard made my hair stand on end. At first I thought she was pulling my leg but she was serious when she told me I was the one who was destroying my marriage. We talked for hours and this conversation was a real eye-opener. I decided to go to therapy.

Exercise four

♪60

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) I’m very sensitive about loyalty. … I have a chip on my shoulder about loyalty. 2) I suspect that my husband is cheating on me. … I suspect my husband is doing something behind my back. 3) I’m quite open about how jealous I am. … I make no bones about how jealous I am. 4) I’m ready to listen to him. … I’m all ears! 5) I’m arguing about unimportant things. … I’m splitting hairs.

128

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) I wanted to share my pain with someone. … I wanted to get it off my chest. 7) Lucy is good at noticing details. … Lucy has an eye for details. 8) The situation was getting out of control. … The situation was getting out of hand. 9) Lucy was afraid to express what she really thought. … Lucy didn’t want to stick her neck out. 10) The truth frightened me. … The truth made my hair stand on end. 11) At first I thought she was joking. … At first I thought she was pulling my leg. 12) This conversation helped me learn new things. … This conversation was a real eye-opener.

129

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson sixteen

COLOURS

Exercise one

♪61

Listen. 1) TO BEAT SOMEBODY BLACK AND BLUE to beat him so that he has many bruises He was beaten black and blue in school yesterday. There are bruises all over his body. 2) TO FEEL BLUE to be sad or miserable Autumn always makes me feel blue. I get sad and depressed when it rains too often. 3) TO HAVE GREEN FINGERS to be good at gardening My mother is very good at gardening and her plants look really impressive. People say she has green fingers. 4) TO BE GREEN to be too trusting, inexperienced Tom is very young and inexperienced and I think he is too green to be responsible for this project. 5) TO BE IN THE RED to owe money to one’s bank We won’t get a loan from this bank as we’re already in the red. We owe it two thousand pounds. 6) TO BE IN THE BLACK not to be in debt, to have more assets than liabilities The Browns will pay off all their debts by March and then they will be in the black again. 7) A BLACKOUT a sudden loss of consciousness or memory Unfortunately, she had a blackout and doesn’t remember who hit her and what happened next. She was unconscious for half an hour. 8) OUT OF THE BLUE suddenly I got a bit of a shock when, out of the blue, after twenty years, he turned up on my doorstep. 9) A WHITE LIE a small lie which does not harm anybody People sometimes tell white lies just to avoid hurting someone’s feelings. 130

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) WHITE COFFEE coffee with milk Sharon popped in this morning to borrow some milk because she won’t leave the house before having a white coffee for breakfast. 11) TO SEE SOMETHING THROUGH ROSE-COLOURED SPECTACLES to think something is more pleasant than it really is She has only nice memories from her childhood but I’m afraid she sees it through rosecoloured spectacles as her early years weren’t really so happy. 12) TO PAINT THE TOWN RED to celebrate wildly and noisily in public places When Jack graduated from college, he and his friends went out to paint the town red. They had fun in pubs and restaurants all night long. 13) TO SEE THE RED LIGHT to recognise danger We were just about to jump into the lake when John saw the red light and stopped us. He probably saved our lives as the water in that place was very shallow. 14) TO PUT OUT THE RED CARPET (FOR SOMEONE) to welcome him in a special way Every time we visit aunt Grace she puts out the red carpet for us. She always gives us such a warm welcome. 15) A RED HERRING something that takes people’s attention away from the main subject His comment on the political situation was just a red herring as he tried to avoid talking about his problems and to divert our attention to another subject.

Exercise two

♪62

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11)

He was beaten black and blue in school yesterday. Autumn always makes me feel blue. My mother has green fingers. He is too green to be held responsible for this. We are in the red so we won’t get this loan. They’ve paid off their debts and are in the black again. She had a blackout and doesn’t remember a thing. He turned up out of the blue. People often tell white lies. I love white coffee. She sees her boyfriend through rose-coloured spectacles. 131

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

12) 13) 14) 15)

We painted the town red last weekend. John saw the red light and didn’t jump. Aunt Grace always puts out a red carpet for us. His last comment was just a red herring.

Exercise three

♪63

Listen. I almost had a blackout when I saw Sue Thorn on my doorstep yesterday. It was a shock as she appeared out of the blue after five years with a little girl beside her. We were a couple once. I admit we had a lot of fun together. We used to paint the town red every weekend and although we both worked, we were always in the red. We were too green to start saving up. I remember our little flat that we rented. It was full of plants as Sue had green fingers. Whenever she felt blue, I used to make her white coffee and assure her I would never leave her. It was a white lie. She saw me through rose-coloured spectacles so she couldn’t notice that I was not ready to commit. When she started to talk about having a baby, I saw the red light. I moved out the next day and we haven’t met since then. And now, seeing her after so long, I was too surprised to put out the red carpet for her, I just didn’t know what to say.

Exercise four

♪64

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) I almost lost consciousness. … I almost had a blackout. 2) She appeared suddenly. … She appeared out of the blue. 3) We used to go out and celebrate. … We used to paint the town red. 4) We were always in debt. … We were always in the red. 5) We were very inexperienced. … We were green. 6) Sue was good at taking care of plants. … Sue had green fingers. 132

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

7) She sometimes felt sad. … She sometimes felt blue. 8) I made her coffee with milk. … I made her white coffee. 9) I told her small lies. … I told her white lies. 10) She thought I was better than I really was. … She saw me through rose-coloured spectacles. 11) I recognised the danger. … I saw the red light. 12) I was too surprised to welcome her warmly. … I was too surprised to put out the red carpet for her.

133

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson seventeen

COMPARISON

Exercise one

♪65

Listen. 1) AS BOLD AS A LION very brave Little Frank is as bold as a lion. He is very brave and has announced he will become a firefighter in the future. 2) AS BRITTLE AS GLASS fragile Judy is very sensitive and fragile. In fact she is as brittle as glass so be careful not to hurt her. 3) AS BUSY AS A BEE very busy With this huge house and four kids around, Mary has a lot of work. She is as busy as a bee all day long. 4) AS CHANGEABLE AS THE WEATHER somebody who changes his moods very often It is quite natural for Henry to be happy at one moment and very sad or depressed an hour later. He is as changeable as the weather. 5) AS COOL AS A CUCUMBER calm at a time of difficulty or danger Everyone panicked when they saw the bear. Only Paul stayed as cool as a cucumber and distracted its attention calmly and cleverly. 6) AS CUNNING AS A FOX clever and deceitful Becky is very clever and deceitful. Remember she can be as cunning as a fox so don’t let her fool you. 7) AS DIFFERENT AS CHALK AND CHEESE very different Although they are twins, they don’t look alike. In fact they are as different as chalk and cheese both in appearance and character. 8) AS EASY AS ABC very easy When I tried horse-riding, I soon found out that it was as easy as ABC. I learned it quite fast.

134

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) AS FIT AS A FIDDLE very fit, of excellent physical health Agnes is as fit as a fiddle. She’s always enjoyed an excellent physical condition. 10) AS FIRM AS A ROCK resolute It’s no use trying to make him change his mind. He’s as firm as a rock and I’m sure he’ll stick to what he has decided. 11) AS GOOD AS GOLD of a well-behaved child or an orderly person Her children are as good as gold. She’s never had any problems with them. 12) AS LIGHT AS A FEATHER of very little weight When little Sue broke her leg, I had to carry her to hospital. Thanks God she’s as light as a feather. 13) AS LIKE AS TWO PEAS IN A POD very much alike in appearance or character Mary and Ashley are like two peas in a pod. They are so similar that I never know which one I’m talking to. 14) AS POOR AS A CHURCH MOUSE very poor When Jane divorced her husband, she was left without a penny. Now she’s as poor as a church mouse. 15) AS QUICK AS LIGHTNING very fast When it comes to cooking, James is as quick as lightning! He can prepare delicious food within minutes!

Exercise two

♪66

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

Frank is little but he’s as bold as a lion. Judy is as brittle as glass so be careful with her. With all this housework she is as busy as a bee. Henry can be as changeable as the weather. Only Paul stayed as cool as a cucumber when panic broke out. Betty is clever and as cunning as a fox. Those brothers are as different as chalk and cheese. Horse-riding is as easy as ABC. 135

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

Agnes is slim and as fit as a fiddle. He’s as firm as a rock and won’t change his mind. Her children are as good as gold. Little Sue is as light as a feather. These twins are like two peas in a pod. He left her and now she’s as poor as a church mouse. When it comes to cooking, James is as quick as lightning.

Exercise three

♪67

Finish the sentences. 1) When you are very brave, you are as bold as …. You are as bold as a lion.

(a lion)

2) When something is fragile it’s as brittle as … It’s as brittle as glass

(glass)

3) A hard-working person is as busy as … A person is as busy as a bee.

(a bee)

4) Somebody who changes his moods very often is as changeable as … (the weather) They are as changeable as the weather. 5) If someone remains calm when in danger, he is as cool as… (a cucumber) He is as cool as a cucumber. 6) A deceitful person tends to be as cunning as … A person is as cunning as a fox.

(a fox)

7) Sometimes siblings can be as different as… Siblings can be as different as chalk and cheese.

(chalk and cheese)

8) I found horse-riding as easy as… Horse-riding is as easy as ABC.

(ABC)

9) Somebody who enjoys an excellent physical condition is as fit as…(a fiddle) He is as fit as a fiddle. 10) If you are resolute, you are as firm as… You are as firm as a rock.

(a rock)

136

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

11) A well-behaved child is as good as… A child is as good as gold.

(gold)

12) When a person weighs very little, she’s as light as… She is as light as a feather.

(a feather)

13) If twins are very much alike, they are like … The twins are like two peas in a pod.

(two peas in a pod)

14) When someone is very poor, he’s as poor as… He’s as poor as a church mouse.

(a church mouse)

15) If someone is very quick, we say he’s as quick as … He is as quick as lightning.

(lightning)

137

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson eighteen

BINOMINALS

Exercise one

♪68

Listen. 1) ODDS AND ENDS small, unimportant things We have little time now. Let’s pack only the most important things and we‘ll come back to get the odds and ends later. 2) GIVE AND TAKE a spirit of compromise Partners need to give and take. Every relationship must be based on compromise. 3) PART AND PARCEL part Don’t blame yourself! Teenagers have a right to make mistakes. It’s just part and parcel of growing up. 4) TO GO TO RACK AND RUIN to get ruined decayed Nobody looks after this house so sooner or later it’ll go to rack and ruin. 5) TO BE PRIM AND PROPER rather formal and fussy The atmosphere at work is very formal now as our new boss is so prim and proper. 6) TO BE ROUGH AND READY of poor standard The room we rented was a bit rough and ready but we couldn’t afford a better standard. 7) TO PICK AND CHOOSE to have a wide choice Our school offers a variety of courses for everyone. You are free to pick and choose. 8) LEAPS AND BOUNDS big jumps Since she moved to Paris, her French has been progressing in leaps and bounds. She’s made huge progress very fast. 9) PEACE AND QUIET calm When Paul and Mary retired, they moved to the country to find some peace and quiet. They were tired of the noisy city. 138

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) HERE AND THERE scattered round The area was really empty. Only a few huts were scattered here and there across the fields. 11) ON AND OFF occasionally Although our families don’t meet very often, we call each other on and off just to say what’s new. 12) BACK AND FORTH to and from somewhere Since my husband got a job in Great Britain, we’ve been travelling back and forth between London and Warsaw. 13) DOWN AND OUT without a home or money When I last saw him he was a down and out with no home, no money and no chances for a job. 14) UP AND DOWN in both directions When she entered the room, she immediately attracted the attention of all the guests. Especially the men eyed her up and down as she looked really gorgeous. 15) BACK TO FRONT the wrong way I was embarrassed to discover right in the middle of the meeting that I had my blouse on back to front. I must have been in a hurry and put it on the wrong way.

Exercise two

♪69

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12)

We’ll come back later to pack the odds and ends. Good partners have to learn how to give and take. Making mistakes is part and parcel of growing up. This old house has gone to rack and ruin. Our new boss is very prim and proper. The room we rented was rather rough and ready. They offered a wide selection so we could pick and choose. My English is progressing in leaps and bounds. We moved to the country to find peace and quiet. I saw some huts scattered here and there. We love each other but we argue on and off. I have two homes so I travel back and forth. 139

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

13) 14) 15)

When he lost his job he was a down and out. She looked good so all the men eyed her up and down. I put my blouse on back to front.

Exercise three

♪70

Listen. Arguments with parents are part and parcel of growing up. Parents need peace and quiet and young people want to have fun. On and off every teenager has to manifest his or her independence. Peter Jones was no exception. He lived in a village where there were only a few houses scattered here and there. There was nothing to do there for a young person so he used to travel back and forth to the town which was 20 kilometres away from his village. His parents disapproved of this and finally Peter ran away from home. He moved to his girlfriend’s flat which was very rough and ready but enough for a start. Peter started to look for a job but as he was 18 and with no education he couldn’t pick and choose. Soon the couple ran out of money. The flat went to rack and ruin and so did their relationship. Peter realised he was a down and out and couldn’t see any way out of this situation. He was walking up and down an empty street one night when he realised that it was time to go back to his village. His parents were very prim and proper for a few days but then their hearts melted. Peter had learned his lesson and he understood that in order to finish school he would have to live with his parents and this would be a give and take process. Now he was ready to accept it.

Exercise four

♪71

Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions. 1) Arguments are an integral part of growing up. … Arguments are part and parcel of growing up. 2) Parents need calm. … Parents need peace and quiet. 3) Occasionally every teenager must rebel. … On and off every teenager must rebel. 4) There were houses scattered around. … There were houses scattered here and there. 5) He used to travel to and from the town. … He used to travel back and forth. 140

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) The flat was of poor standard. … The flat was rough and ready. 7) He didn’t have a wide choice. … He couldn’t pick and choose. 8) The flat went into decay. … The flat went to rack and ruin. 9) He was without a home or money. … He was a down and out. 10) He was walking in both directions. … He was walking up and down. 11) His parents were very formal and fussy. … His parents were very prim and proper. 12) They will have to learn to compromise. … They will have to learn to give and take.

141

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS Exercise one

♪72

Listen. 1) HOW COME? Why? / How does it happen? / How did it happen? - I’m afraid I’ve forgotten to pay the last electricity bill. - How come? How was that possible? Please explain that to me now! 2) HOW’S THAT? Why? / What’s the reason for it? - We can’t go to the show tonight. - How’s that? What’s the reason? - I’ve lost the tickets. 3) SO WHAT? What does it matter? - Oh no! I’ve spilt some ketchup on my shirt. - So what? It is not a problem. Just take it off and wash it in hot water. 4) WHAT’S UP? What’s the matter? - Have you heard about Sue’s problems? - No, what’s up? 5) WHAT OF IT? What does it matter? - Peter didn’t accept our invitation. - What of it? For me it doesn’t matter at all. We will have fun without him. 6) WHAT IF…? what will happen if…? - Do you have any idea how to solve the problem? - What if we ask someone? 7) COME ON! used to tell someone to hurry - Have you seen my glasses? I can’t find them anywhere. - Come on, we’ll miss the train!

142

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

used to encourage someone to do something - I‘m helpless. I don’t know how to do it. - Come on, you can do it! Don’t give up so easily. used to tell someone that you know that what they have just said was not true or right - Do you know my girlfriend’s got a Porsche? - Oh come on, don’t lie! 8) NO WAY! / IN NO WAY! Certainly not. - Will you apologise to her? - No way! She is the one to blame. 9) IT’S TOO BAD! / THAT’S TOO BAD! It’s a pity. - I’m afraid I won’t be able to join you for the weekend. - That’s too bad. We really wish you could come. 10) TIME’S UP There is no more time allowed. - Can I finish writing the last question? - Unfortunately not. Time is up! Please, stop writing now and leave your test on my desk. 11) TIME FLIES Time is passing very quickly. - I can’t believe it’s been seven years since we last met. - Oh yes, you’re right. Time flies! Those years have passed so fast! 12) TAKE IT EASY Be calm. - I’m so worried about the exams. - Take it easy! I’m sure everything will be all right. 13) SO LONG! a friendly way to say goodbye - OK, now I really have to go. So long! - See you tomorrow then. 14) GO AHEAD! Start! Begin! - May I start my presentation now? - Go ahead! Everybody’s waiting.

143

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

15) NEVER MIND! Don’t worry or be upset about something. - I’m sorry, I’ve forgotten the money I owe you. - Never mind! You can pay me later. 16) CHEERS! used when you lift a glass of alcohol in order to express good wishes - Let’s drink to our dear host! Cheers! - Cheers! 17) AND SO ON/FORTH used to refer to other things of the type you have already mentioned - So how is it to be a young mother? - Well, every day looks the same: nappies, soups and so on. 18) IT’S NO GOOD used to say that an action will not achieve what it’s intended to achieve - Do you think we can win the race? - It’s no good trying! We are not fit enough. 19) GOOD HEAVENS! used to express surprise - How do you like my new hairstyle? - Good Heavens! What have you done? It looks terrible! 20) BLESS YOU! something you say when someone sneezes - Atishoo! - Bless you!

Exercise two

♪73

Listen and repeat. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11)

How come you’ve forgotten to pay the bill? How is that? What’s the reason? You’ve spilled some ketchup? So what? What’s up? I haven’t heard from you for ages. What of it? It really doesn’t matter. What if we ask someone? Come on, hurry up! Come on, you can do it! Oh, come on, don’t lie! I will never apologise to her! No way! It’s too bad you can’t join us. 144

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) 22)

Time is up! You must stop writing! Time flies! It really passes very quickly. Try to stay calm and just take it easy. So long! See you later! You start first so go ahead! Never mind! You really don’t have to worry! Let’s drink to our host! Cheers! Taking care of a little baby is just soups, nappies and so on. It’s no good trying as we have no chance of winning. Good heavens! Your hair looks terrible! Atishoo! – Bless you!

Exercise three

♪74

Reply to the speaker in the following situations. 1) I’m afraid I’ve forgotten my homework. … How come? 3) We can’t do the shopping today. … How’s that? 4) Oh, no! I’ve broken the glass. … So what? 5) Have you heard the latest news?

Come on! You can do it! 10) We’ve won €1,000, 000. … Come on! You’re joking! 11) Will you lend me your car for the weekend? … No way! 12) I’m afraid I can’t go with you to the party. … That’s too bad.

No, what’s up? 6) Peter didn’t accept our invitation. … What of it? 7) Do you have any idea how to solve the problem? … What if we ask someone? 8) I can’t find the keys anywhere. … Come on! Hurry up! 9) I really don’t know how to do it …

13) Do we have some more time? … No, time is up. 14) So many years have passed since our first meeting. … Time flies. 15) I’m really worried now. … Take it easy! 16) See you tomorrow then! … So long!!

145

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

17) May I start now? … Go ahead.

20) My life is soups, nappies… … And so on.

18) I’m so sorry I’ve forgotten your book. … Never mind.

21) Is there any sense in trying? … It’s no good.

19) Cheers! … Cheers!

22) Mary had a car accident. … Good Heavens! 23) Atishoo! … Bless you!

146

Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson twenty PROVERBS ♪75 ACTIONS SPEAK LOUDER THAN WORDS ALL’S WELL THAT ENDS WELL ALL THAT GLITTERS IS NOT GOLD A BAD WORKMAN ALWAYS BLAMES HIS TOOLS

BARKING DOGS SELDOM BITE BETTER LATE THAN NEVER A BIRD IN THE HAND IS WORTH TWO IN THE BUSH DON’T COUNT YOUR CHICKENS BEFORE THEY HATCH DON’T PUT ALL YOUR EGGS INTO ONE BASKET DON’T PUT THE CART BEFORE THE HORSE THE EARLY BIRD CATCHES THE WORM HONESTY IS THE BEST POLICY IT’S NO USE CRYING OVER SPILT MILK IT NEVER RAINS BUT IT POURS MAKE HAY WHILE THE SUN SHINES / STRIKE WHILE THE IRON IS HOT NECESSITY IS THE MOTHER OF INVENTION NO GAIN WITHOUT PAIN NO NEWS IS GOOD NEWS PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT THE ROAD TO HELL IS PAVED WITH GOOD INTENTIONS ROME WAS NOT BUILT IN A DAY TOO MANY COOKS SPOIL THE BROTH YOU CAN’T HAVE YOUR CAKE AND EAT IT

what people actually do is more important than what they say an event with a good ending is good even if some things went wrong along the way appearances can be deceptive and things that look or sound valuable can be worthless an unskilled, careless or irresponsible person will not take the responsibility or admit that he has done wrong, but will blame everything on his tools or materials some people are not as unpleasant or rude as they seem to be when they talk to you it’s better to do something late than never something you already have is better you might get don’t make plans depending on something advantageous which has not yet happened don’t depend completely on the success of one thing don’t do or put things in the wrong order a person who gets up or arrives early will get the reward it is always sensible and wise to act honestly it’s no use being unhappy or sorry about something which cannot now be changed problems do not happen one at a time but all together make the most of good times our needs make us think of new solutions wealth cannot be acquired without much effort if there were bad news we should hear it by constantly practicing, you will become better people often make a situation much worse when they intended to make it better important things don’t happen overnight too many people trying to manage something simply spoil it you can’t have the advantages of something without the disadvantages that go with it 147

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSSAIRE PART ONE

IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS

Lesson one

BUSINESS AND MONEY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

a business runs at a profit / a business runs at a loss finances are in good shape / finances are in bad shape a falling market to put money into business to close a deal / to close a bargain sharp practices a sleeping partner a take over to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt to make money to be in the money to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner to make a living to be well-off to tighten one’s belt

Lesson two 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

un marché en baisse mettre de l’argent dans une affaire conclure un accord / un deal des pratiques douteuses un commanditaire / un partenaire dormant une prise de contrôle / un raid faire faillite gagner de l’argent faire fortune être salarié gagner sa vie être riche se serrer la ceinture

WORK

to get down to business to roll one’s sleeves up to be on business to work in the field a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker to be on duty / to be off duty to do overtime / to work overtime to be on piece work to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be on nights) to be on call to fire somebody to give somebody the sack / to get the sack to go on the dole to go on strike a blackleg

Lesson three

une affaire rapporte de l’argent / fait perdre de l’argent les finances vont bien / les finances vont mal

se mettre au travail remonter ses manches être dans les affaires travailler sur le terrain un col blanc / un col bleu être en service / être de repos faire des heures supplémentaires être aux pièces le travail posté (en 3-8 ou en 2-8) être d’astreinte licencier quelqu’un mettre quelqu’un à la porte se retrouver aux ASSEDIC faire grêve un briseur de grêve

TIME

to be on time to be behind time to take one’s time to do sth at the last minute to do sth on the spur of the moment to be up-to-date / out-of-date

être à l’heure être en retard prendre son temps faire quelque chose à la dernière minute faire quelque chose sur un coup de tête être à la page / être dépassé

148

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

it’s high time to have a minute at any moment every now and then once in a blue moon once in a while a night-bird an early bird to kill time

Lesson four 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

CONVERSATION

to talk at cross purposes to get hold of the wrong end of the stick to get a word in edgeways to talk behind somebody’s back to give somebody a talking-to to put it in a nutshell to be long-winded to speak one’s mind to talk rubbish to talk sense to take the hint to take something into account to cut a long story short to beat about the bush to have a word with somebody

Lesson five

il est grand temps de avoir une minute a n’importe quel moment de temps en temps tous les trente-six du mois parfois un oiseau de nuit un lève-tôt tuer le temps

(mener) un dialogue de sourd comprendre quelque chose (tout) de travers glisser un mot parler derrière le dos de quelqu’un faire des reproches à quelqu’un dire quelque chose en un mot être bavard et ennuyeux parler franchement dire des bêtises parler de façon sensée comprendre une allusion prendre en compte quelque chose bref tourner autour du pot dire un mot à quelqu’un

DISCUSSION

1. 2. 3.

an open question a storm in a teacup to cross swords

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

to drop the subject to change one’s mind to bear something in mind to make up one’s mind to take something for granted to come to the point / to get to the point / to reach the point to fail to see the point / to miss the point to get the point / to see the point to make one’s point to hold one’s tongue to have the last word

15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

in a way / in some ways all in all for one thing to be out of place to be out of the question to wrap up the discussion

une question en suspens une tempête dans un verre d’eau croiser le fer avec quelqu’un (dans une discussion) laisser tomber un sujet changer d’avis avoir quelque chose à l’esprit se décider à prendre quelque chose pour argent comptant aller à l’essentiel ne pas saisir le fond du problème comprendre le but de quelque chose exprimer son point de vue tenir sa langue else can make a reply or objection avoir le dernier mot dans un sens l’un dans l’autre en premier lieu être déplacé être hors de question conclure une discussion

149

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson six

PROBLEMS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

to stir things up to pour oil on troubled waters to lay one’s cards on the table to get to the bottom of things to get a grasp to see a light at the end of the tunnel to sweep under the carpet to be in a fix to be at a crossroads

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

to find a happy medium to skate on thin ice to put oneself in someone else’s shoes to take something to heart to keep a straight face to burn one’s fingers to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges to get into hot water / to get into a mess to mind your own business to see daylight to face the music

Lesson seven

BEHAVIOUR

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

to be out of one’s mind to be as thick as thieves to blow one’s own trumpet to go one’s own way to be a bull in a china shop

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be a snake in the grass to drive someone mad to lose one’s temper to lose one’s head to lose one’s tongue to keep one’s chin up to play the fool to show one’s teeth to get on someone’s nerves to hit below the belt

Lesson eight 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

provoquer sciemment des problèmes ramener le calme mettre cartes sur la tables aller jusqu’au fond des choses commencer à comprendre voir une lumière au bout du tunnel passer sous silence être dans le pétrin être à la croisée des chemins / à un moment décisif trouver le juste milieu avancer en terrain miné se mettre à la place de quelqu’un prendre quelque chose à cœur garder son sérieux se brûler les doigts couper les ponts s’attirer des ennuis s’occuper de ses oignons / de ses pieds voir le bout du tunnel accepter les conséquences

perdre la tête être copain comme cochons vanter ses mérites suivre son propre chemin être comme un éléphant dans un magasin de porcelaine être un faux frère rendre fou quelqu’un se mettre en colère perdre la tête perdre sa langue garder le front haut jouer les imbéciles montrer les dents taper sur les nerfs de quelqu’un donner un coup / frapper sous la ceinture

FEELINGS

to be on cloud nine to be in high spirits to be in seventh heaven to be at ease to be in a black mood to have something on one’s mind to be able to eat a horse to be shaking in one’s shoes

être très heureux être plein d’entrain être au septième ciel être à l’aise être dans une humeur noire être tracassé par quelque chose avoir une faim de loup trembler dans ses chaussures

150

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to jump out of one’s skin to be like a fish out of water to be on edge to be on tenterhooks to be over the moon to see red to be full of beans

Lesson nine 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

ne pas faire son âge faire jeune pour son âge prendre de l’âge être à l’automne de sa vie être en bonne santé / en bonne forme être en mauvaise santé / en mauvaise forme se sentir mal fichu ne pas se sentir très bien avoir l’air fatigué, être à plat attraper mal être sur son déclin être sur son lit de mort avoir un pied dans la tombe casser sa pipe mourir avant l’heure

CRIME

to come to a bad end a capital offence / a capital crime a jail bird to serve time / to do time to be at large to be on parole to break prison to go to law to have clean hands to catch someone red-handed crime doesn’t pay daylight robbery in cold blood to set a thief / to catch a thief to be on the alert

Lesson eleven 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH

not to look one’s age to look young for one’s years to be getting on in years to be in the autumn of one’s life to be in good health / to be in good shape to be in poor health / to be in poor shape to feel under the weather / to look a bit under the weather to be off colour to look run-down to catch a disease to be on one’s last legs to be on one’s deathbed to have one foot in the grave to kick the bucket to die before one’s time

Lesson ten

être hors de soi ne pas être dans son élément être à crans être sur des charbons ardents être aux anges voir rouge être plein de jus

mal finir un crime passible de la peine de mort un repris de justice faire sa peine être en cavale être en liberté surveillée s’évader de prison aller au tribunal avoir les mains propres attraper quelqu’un en flagrant délit le crime ne paie pas une arnaque de sang froid attraper un voleur être en alerte

ENTERTAINMENT

to have a night out to make a day of something to have a good time / to have a great time to go out on the town to wear one’s sunday best a blind date

sortir le soir passer la journée à s’amuser passer du bon temps sortir en ville mettre ses habits du dimanche une rencontre arrangée / une blind date

151

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to throw a party to be the life and soul of the party hard drinks to be high thin beer to stand someone a drink to go dutch to feel like doing something to be keen on

Lesson twelve

HOLIDAY / TRAVEL

1.

a package holiday

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

a coach party to sleep in the open to travel light to be on the road to hit the road to make a trip through the country / to go on a round trip through the country to break the journey to travel through / to travel non-stop to cross a border to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike to get itchy feet to go on a guided tour to do a sight-seeing tour to take a shortcut

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

donner une fête mettre de l’ambiance dans une fête des boissons fortes être ivre (alcool), planer (drogues) bière peu alcoolisée payer un verre à quelqu’un partager les frais avoir envie de faire quelque chose aimer

and lodging are all provided at an inclusive price un voyage organisé une excursion en car dormir à la belle étoile voyager léger être sur la route prendre la route point faire le tour d’un pays faire une étape / s’arrêter voyager sans faire d’étape passer une frontière faire de l’auto-stop avoir la bougeotte faire une visite guidée visiter prendre un racourci

Lesson thirteen FAMILY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

a grass widow

a henpecked husband to wear the trousers an old maid to lead a woman to the altar a confirmed bachelor to have an affair flesh and blood to run the streets (of children) to play truant to be the black sheep of the family to follow in someone’s footsteps the generation gap to be born with a silver spoon in one’s mouth 15. blue blood

une femme passant beaucoup de temps seule, souvent délaissée par son mari qui travaille loin un homme dominé par sa femme porter le pantalon une vieille fille mener une femme à l’autel un célibataire endurci avoir une aventure la chair et le sang courir les rues faire l’école buissonière être le mouton noir de la famille suivre les traces de quelqu’un le fossé des générations être né avec une cuillère d’argent dans la bouche le sang bleu

152

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

PART TWO

DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS

Lesson fourteen ANIMALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to kill two birds with one stone to take the bull by the horns to have butterflies in one’s stomach to let the cat out of the bag to go to the dogs to let sleeping dogs lie to have other fish to fry to take the lion’s share to buy a pig in a poke to smell a rat to cook someone’s goose to have a bee in one’s bonnet to rain cats and dogs to go at a snail’s pace to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing

Lesson fifteen

PARTS OF THE BODY

1.

to do something behind someone’s back

2.

to make no bones about something

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

to get something off one’s chest to be all ears to be an eye-opener to have an eye for something to have something at one’s fingertips to make one’s hair stand on end to learn something by heart to pull someone’s leg to have something on the tip of one’s tongue to stick one’s neck out to be getting out of hand to split hairs to have a chip on one’s shoulder

12. 13. 14. 15.

Lesson sixteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

faire d’une pierre deux coups prendre le taureau par les cornes avoir des papillons dans l’estomac cracher le morceau mal tourner / Tomber en ruines ne pas réveiller l’eau qui dort avoir d’autres chats à fouetter prendre la part du lion acheter un chat en poche flairer un piège faire capoter les plans de quelqu’un être obsédé par quelque chose pleuvoir des cordes aller à une vitesse d’escargot être un loup déguisé en brebis

faire quelque chose derrière le dos de quelqu’un ne pas prendre de gants (pour dire quelque chose) dire ce qu’on a sur le cœur être tout ouïe ouvrir les yeux à quelqu’un avoir l’œil pour quelque chose bien maîtriser son sujet faire dresser les cheveux sur la tête apprendre quelque chose par cœur faire marcher quelqu’un avoir quelque chose sur le bout de la langue prendre des risques echapper à tout contrôle couper les cheveux en quatre en vouloir à tout le monde

COLOURS

to beat somebody black and blue to feel blue to have green fingers to be green to be in the red to be in the black a blackout out of the blue a white lie white coffee

battre quelqu’un comme plâtre avoir le blues avoir la main verte être inexpérimenté être dans le rouge ne pas être endetté un blackout, un perte soudaine de conscience soudainement un petit mensonge café au lait

153

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to see something through rose-coloured to paint the town red to see the red light to put out the red carpet (for someone) a red herring

voir tout en rose faire la bringue sentir le danger dérouler le tapis rouge (pour quelqu’un) quelque chose pour brouiller les pistes

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

as bold as a lion as brittle as glass as busy as a bee as changeable as the weather as cool as a cucumber as cunning as a fox as different as chalk and cheese as easy as abc as fit as a fiddle as firm as a rock as good as gold as light as a feather as like as two peas in a pod as poor as a church mouse as quick as lightning

Lesson eighteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

odds and ends give and take part and parcel to go to rack and ruin to be prim and proper to be rough and ready to pick and choose leaps and bounds peace and quiet here and there on and off back and forth down and out up and down back to front

courageux comme un lion fragile comme du verre très occupé être d’humeur changeante garder son sang-froid rusé comme un renard c’est le jour et la nuit facile comme bonjour se porter comme un charme dur comme un roc bon comme le bon pain léger comme une plume se ressembler comme deux gouttes d’eau pauvre comme job rapide comme l’éclair

BINOMINALS le bric-à-brac des concessions mutuelles partie intégrante (de) tomber en ruines être très guindé rudimentaire, frustre (une personne) avoir l’embarras du choix a pas de géant avoir la paix ici et là de temps en temps le va-et-vient une épave de haut en bas à l’envers

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

How come? How’s that? So what? What’s up? What of it? What if…? Come on! No way! / In no way! It’s (That’s) too bad!

Comment ça se fait que ? Pourquoi ça ? Et alors ? Quoi de neuf ? Et alors ? Et si... ? Allez ! / Vas-y ! Pas question ! Dommage !

154

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

Time’s up. Time flies. Take it easy. So long! Go ahead! Never mind! Cheers! And so on / forth. It’s no good. Good heavens! Bless you!

Lesson twenty

C’est fini. Le temps passe. Du calme. Salut ! Vas-y ! Ne t’en fais pas ! Santé ! Et caetera... Pas la peine. Mon dieu ! À tes souhaits !

PROVERBS

Actions speak louder than words. All’s well that ends well. All that glitters is not gold. A bad workman always blames his tools. Barking dogs seldom bite. Better late than never. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Don’t put the cart before the horse. The early bird catches the worm. Honesty is the best policy. It’s no use crying over spilt milk. It never rains but it pours. Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the iron is hot. Necessity is the mother of invention. No gain without pain. No news is good news. Practice makes perfect. The road to hell is paved with good intentions. Rome was not built in a day. Too many cooks spoil the broth. You can’t have your cake and eat it

Les actes en disent plus long que les mots. Tout est bien qui finit bien. Tout ce qui brille n’est pas d’or. À mauvais ouvrier point de bons outils. Chien qui aboie ne mord pas. Mieux vaut tard que jamais. Un bon tiens vaut mieux que deux tu l’auras. Il ne faut pas vendre la peau de l’ours avant de l’avoir tué. Il ne faut pas mettre tous ses œufs dans le même panier. Il ne faut pas mettre la charrue avant les bœufs. L’avenir appartient à ceux qui se lèvent tôt. L’honnêteté est toujours récompensée. Ce qui est fait est fait. Un malheur n'arrive jamais seul. Il faut battre le fer tant qu’il est chaud. Nécessité est mère d’industrie. Il faut casser le noyau pour avoir l’amande. Pas de nouvelles, bonnes nouvelles. C’est en forgeant qu’on devient forgeron. L’enfer est pavé de bonnes intentions. Rome ne s’est pas faire en un jour. Trop de cuisinières gâtent la sauce. On ne peut pas avoir le beurre et l’argent du beurre.

155

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

German / Wörterbuch PART ONE

IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS

Lesson one

BUSINESS AND MONEY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

a business runs at a profit / a business runs at a loss finances are in good shape / finances are in bad shape a falling market to put money into business to close a deal / to close a bargain sharp practices a sleeping partner a take over to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt to make money to be in the money to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner to make a living to be well-off to tighten one’s belt

Lesson two 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

die finanzielle Lage ist gut/schlecht (wirtschaftlich) heruntergekommener Markt in ein Geschäft Geld investieren ein Geschäft zu Ende bringen nicht ganz redliche (jedoch legale) Praktiken stiller Gesellschafter Übernahme (z.B. Firmenübernahme) bankrott werden/sein, bankrottgehen Geld verdienen (plötzlich) an Geld kommen, gut bei Kasse sein einen Wochenlohn/Monatslohn (Gehalt) haben seinen Lebensunterhalt verdienen wohlhabend sein den Gürtel enger schnallen

WORK

to get down to business to roll one’s sleeves up to be on business to work in the field a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker to be on duty / to be off duty to do overtime / to work overtime to be on piece work to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be on nights) to be on call to fire somebody to give somebody the sack / to get the sack to go on the dole to go on strike a blackleg

Lesson three

das Geschäft bringt Gewinne/Verluste

zur Sache kommen, an die Arbeit gehen die Ärmel hochkrempeln im Geschäft sein im Außendienst tätig sein Angestellter/Arbeiter Dienst haben/Feierabend haben Überstunden machen im Akkord arbeiten (Stückarbeit) in Schichten arbeiten, im Schichtsystem arbeiten zur Verfügung stehen jmdn. entlassen, jmdm. kündigen jmdm. kündigen / gekündigt werden Arbeitslosengeld bekommen beginnen zu streiken Streikbrecher

TIME

to be on time to be behind time to take one’s time to do sth at the last minute to do sth on the spur of the moment to be up-to-date / out-of-date

pünktlich sein zu spät kommen sich nicht beeilen etw. auf die letzte Minute machen spontan handeln, kurz entschlossen etw. tun aktuell sein / nicht aktuell sein

156

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

it’s high time to have a minute at any moment every now and then once in a blue moon once in a while a night-bird an early bird to kill time

Lesson four 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

CONVERSATION

to talk at cross purposes to get hold of the wrong end of the stick to get a word in edgeways to talk behind somebody’s back to give somebody a talking-to to put it in a nutshell to be long-winded to speak one’s mind to talk rubbish to talk sense to take the hint to take something into account to cut a long story short to beat about the bush to have a word with somebody

Lesson five

Es ist höchste Zeit, dass … einen Moment Zeit haben (für jmdn.) Jederzeit / jeden Augenblick hin und wieder sehr selten gelegentlich ein Nachtvogel sein Frühaufsteher sich die Zeit vertreiben, die Zeit totschlagen

aneinander vorbeireden etw. völlig verkehrt auffassen, missverstehen zu Wort kommen, sich einmischen hinter jmds. Rücken tuscheln jmdn. zurechweisen, zur Rede stellen, tadeln etwas kurz und bündig sagen weitschweifig, langatmig, ausführlich offen sagen, ehrlich sein Quatsch/Unsinn reden vernünftig/sachlich reden etwas sofort begreifen, Anspielungen verstehen etw. beachten, berücksichtigen kurz gesagt um den heißen Brei herumreden mit jmdm. kurz sprechen/ reden/ ein paar Worte wechseln

DISCUSSION

offene Frage viel Lärm um nichts, viel Aufregung wegen einer Kleinigkeit an einem Wortgefecht teilnehmen, mit jmdm. to cross swords eine Auseinandersetzung haben, sich streiten das Thema lassen, nicht mehr über etw. to drop the subject sprechen die Meinung ändern, jmdn. umstimmen to change one’s mind beachten, etw. vor Augen haben, to bear something in mind berücksichtigen sich entscheiden to make up one’s mind etw. für selbstverständlich/sicher halten to take something for granted to come to the point / to get to the point / to zur Sache kommen, auf den Punkt kommen reach the point nicht verstehen, worauf es ankommt to fail to see the point / to miss the point (es) verstehen to get the point / to see the point den eigenen Standpunkt klar machen, die eigene to make one’s point Sichtweise schildern nichts sagen, nicht das Wort ergreifen to hold one’s tongue das letzte Wort haben to have the last word in gewisser Hinsicht, bis zu einem gewissen in a way / in some ways Maße an open question a storm in a teacup

157

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

all in all for one thing to be out of place to be out of the question to wrap up the discussion

Lesson six

resümierend, alles in allem erstens unangebracht sein, fehl am Platz sein keinesfalls, kommt nicht in Frage die Diskussion beenden

PROBLEMS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

to stir things up to pour oil on troubled waters to lay one’s cards on the table to get to the bottom of things to get a grasp to see a light at the end of the tunnel

7.

to sweep under the carpet

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be in a fix to be at a crossroads to find a happy medium to skate on thin ice to put oneself in someone else’s shoes to take something to heart to keep a straight face to burn one’s fingers

16. to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges 17. to get into hot water / to get into a mess 18. to mind your own business 19. to see daylight 20. to face the music

Lesson seven

für Aufruhr sorgen die Gemüter beruhigen seine Karten auf den Tisch legen den Dingen auf den Grund gehen etw. in den Griff bekommen (geistig), verstehen Licht am Ende des Tunnels sehen (in schlechten Zeiten optimistisch in die Zukunft blicken) etw. unter den Teppich kehren,etw. verschweigen, vertuschen in der Klemme sein am Scheideweg stehen die goldene Mitte finden sich auf dünnem Eis bewegen sich in jmdn. hineinversetzen sich etw. zu Herzen nehmen Ernst bleiben, keine Miene verziehen sich die Finger verbrennen (sich selbst schaden) die Brücken hinter sich abbrechen (jeden Kontakt abbrechen) in Schwierigkeiten geraten sich um seine eigenen Angelegenkeiten kümmern jmdm. geht ein Licht auf die Konsequenzen ziehen/tragen

BEHAVIOUR

1. 2.

to be out of one’s mind to be as thick as thieves

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

to blow one’s own trumpet to go one’s own way to be a bull in a china shop to be a snake in the grass to drive someone mad to lose one’s temper to lose one’s head to lose one’s tongue to keep one’s chin up to play the fool

13. to show one’s teeth 14. to get on someone’s nerves 15. to hit below the belt

den Verstand verlieren zusammenhalten, unzertrennlich sein, mit jmdm. eng befreundet sein sich selbst loben seinen eigenen Weg gehen wie ein Elefant im Porzellanladen falsche Schlange, verborgene Gefahr jmdn. verrückt machen außer sich geraten, die Beherrschung verlieren den Kopf verlieren, jmdm. zu Kopfe steigen die Sprache verlieren, sprachlos sein Kopf hoch, die Ohren steif halten den Narren spielen, verrückt spielen, Quatsch machen die Zähne blecken, wütend sein jmdm. auf die Nerven gehen jmdn. unter die Gürtellinie schlagen

158

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson eight

FEELINGS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

to be on cloud nine to be in high spirits to be in seventh heaven to be at ease to be in a black mood

6.

to have something on one’s mind

7.

to be able to eat a horse

8. to be shaking in one’s shoes 9. to jump out of one’s skin 10. to be like a fish out of water 11. to be on edge 12. to be on tenterhooks 13. to be over the moon 14. to see red 15. to be full of beans

Lesson nine

HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

not to look one’s age to look young for one’s years to be getting on in years to be in the autumn of one’s life to be in good health / to be in good shape to be in poor health / to be in poor shape

7.

to feel under the weather / to look a bit under the weather to be off colour to look run-down to catch a disease to be on one’s last legs to be on one’s deathbed to have one foot in the grave to kick the bucket to die before one’s time

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Lesson ten

sehr glücklich sein, im siebten Himmel sein in guter Stimmung sein, aufgeregt sein im siebten Himmel sein locker, entspannt sein deprimiert sein, in mieser Laune sein, gereizt sein etw. auf dem Herzen haben, ein Anliegen haben, etw. beschäftigt jmdn. sehr hungrig sein, viel und schnell essen, Unmengen essen entsetzt sein, erschrocken sein aus der Haut fahren,die Beherrschung verlieren, sich wie ein Fisch auf dem Trockenen führen, sich hilflos/unsicher fühlen genervt/ aufgeregt/ angespannt sein (wie) auf glühenden Kohlen sitzen, gespannt, ungeduldig auf etw. Wichtiges warten von etw. hin und weg sein, überglücklich sein, zufrieden sein sehr wütend, zornig werden voller Tatendrang, putzmunter sein (ugs.)

jünger aussehen jünger aussehen älter werden im Herbst seines Lebens sein bei guter Gesundheit sein, gut in Form/fit sein bei schlechter Gesundheit sein, schlecht in Form sein nicht auf dem Damm sein, krank sein sich unwohl fühlen, kränklich sich erschöpft fühlen/erschöpft aussehen sich eine Krankheit holen erschöpft sein auf dem Sterbebett mit einem Fuß im Grabe stehen verrecken jung sterben

CRIME

1.

to come to a bad end

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

a capital offence / a capital crime a jail bird to serve time / to do time to be at large to be on parole

zu einem schlimmen Ende führen, schlimm enden Kapitalverbrechen (Gewohnheits)Verbrecher, Rückfalltäter eine Strafe (z.B.im Gefängnis) verbüßen/absitzen auf freiem Fuß sein auf Bewährung draußen sein

159

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to break prison to go to law to have clean hands to catch someone red-handed crime doesn’t pay daylight robbery in cold blood to set a thief / to catch a thief to be on the alert

Lesson eleven

ENTERTAINMENT

1.

to have a night out

2. 3. 4. 5.

to make a day of something to have a good time / to have a great time to go out on the town to wear one’s sunday best

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

a blind date to throw a party to be the life and soul of the party hard drinks to be high

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

thin beer to stand someone a drink to go dutch to feel like doing something to be keen on

Lesson twelve 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

aus dem Gefängnis ausbrechen vor Gericht gehen, den Rechtsweg beschreiten unschuldig sein,eine saubere Weste haben jmdn. auf frischer Tat ertappen Verbrechen macht sich nicht bezahlt Ausbeutung, Wucher mit voller Überlegung, kaltblütig einen Dieb fangen auf der Hut sein, wachsam sein

am Abend ausgehen (den Abend außer Haus verbringen) sich den ganzen Tag gut amüsieren sich blendend amüsieren sich in der Stadt amüsieren die Sonntagssachen/den besten Sonntagsanzug anziehen/tragen Verabredung mit einem Unbekannten eine Party geben eine Stimmungskanone sein hochprozentige Getränke im Rausch sein, betrunken sein, unter Drogeneinfluss stehen, Leichtbier jmdm. einen Drink spendieren/ausgeben für sich selbst zahlen Lust auf etw. haben von etw. angetan sein, mögen

HOLIDAY / TRAVEL

8.

a package holiday a coach party to sleep in the open to travel light to be on the road to hit the road to make a trip through the country / to go on a round trip through the country to break the journey

9. 10. 11. 12.

to travel through / to travel non-stop to cross a border to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike to get itchy feet

13. to go on a guided tour 14. to do a sight-seeing tour 15. to take a shortcut

Pauschalreise Reisegruppe im Freien schlafen mit wenig Gepäck reisen auf Reisen sein, unterwegs sein losfahren, aufbrechen Rundfahrt, Rundreise die Reise unterbrechen, Fahrtunterbrechung, Pause machen durchfahren, durchreisen,ohne Pause reisen die Grenze überschreiten trampen, per Anhalter fahren nicht ruhig an einer Stelle sitzen können, reisen wollen eine Führung mitmachen besichtigen, sich die Sehenswürdigkeiten anschauen eine Abkürzung nehmen

160

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson thirteen FAMILY 1. 2. 3.

a grass widow a henpecked husband to wear the trousers

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

an old maid to lead a woman to the altar a confirmed bachelor to have an affair flesh and blood to run the streets (of children)

10. to play truant 11. to be the black sheep of the family 12. to follow in someone’s footsteps 13. the generation gap 14. to be born with a silver spoon in one’s mouth 15. blue blood

PART TWO

Strohwitwe Pantoffelheld die Hosen anhaben, mächtig sein, etw. zu sagen haben alte Jungfer eine Frau zum Altar führen eingefleischter Junggeselle fremdgehen Fleisch und Blut, eigene Familie auf den Straßen herumlungern, sich herumtreiben Schule schwänzen das schwarze Schaf in der Familie sein, der Sündenbock/Prügelknabe sein in jmds. Fußstapfen treten Generationskonflikt mit dem Silberlöffel im Mund geboren sein, mit einer Glückhaube geboren sein blaues Blut, von hoher/adliger Abstammung

DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS

Lesson fourteen ANIMALS 1. 2. 3.

to kill two birds with one stone to take the bull by the horns to have butterflies in one’s stomach

4.

to let the cat out of the bag

5. 6.

to go to the dogs to let sleeping dogs lie

7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

to have other fish to fry to take the lion’s share to buy a pig in a poke to smell a rat to cook someone’s goose

12. 13. 14. 15.

to have a bee in one’s bonnet to rain cats and dogs to go at a snail’s pace to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing

Lesson fifteen

zwei Fliegen mit einer Klappe schlagen den Stier bei den Hörnern packen Schmetterlinge im Bauch haben, glücklich/ aufgeregt sein, verliebt sein die Katze aus dem Sack lassen, ein Geheimnis verraten mit etwas bergab gehen, vor die Hunde gehen Schlafende Hunde soll man nicht wecken, nicht unnötig Aufsehen erregen etwas Wichtigeres zu tun haben sich den Löwenanteil sichern die Katze im Sack kaufen eine Ratte riechen, Verdacht schöpfen jmdn. die Suppe versalzen, jmdn. in die Pfanne hauen einen Floh ins Ohr setzen, eine fixe Idee haben es regnet in Strömen im Schneckentempo gehen ein Wolf im Schafspelz sein

PARTS OF THE BODY

1. 2.

to do something behind someone’s back to make no bones about something

3.

to get something off one’s chest

hinter jmds. Rücken etw. machen kein Blatt vor den Mund nehmen, keinen Hehl aus etw. machen sich etwas von der Seele reden

161

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

to be all ears to be an eye-opener to have an eye for something to have something at one’s fingertips to make one’s hair stand on end to learn something by heart to pull someone’s leg to have something on the tip of one’s tongue 12. to stick one’s neck out 13. to be getting out of hand 14. to split hairs 15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder

Lesson sixteen

ganz Ohr sein eine Überraschung sein, Augenöffner ein (sicheres/geübtes) Auge für etwas haben etw. genau kennen/wissen, verursachen, dass jmd. Gänsehaut bekommt auswendig lernen jmdn. auf den Arm nehmen, veralbern jmdm. liegt etw. auf der Zunge den Kopf risikieren außer Kontrolle geraten Haarspalterei betreiben, über banale Sachen streiten überempfindlich sein, die gekränkte/beleidigte Leberwurst spielen

COLOURS

1. 2. 3.

to beat somebody black and blue to feel blue to have green fingers

4. 5.

to be green to be in the red

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

to be in the black a blackout out of the blue a white lie white coffee to see something through rose-coloured

12. to paint the town red 13. to see the red light 14. to put out the red carpet (for someone) 15. a red herring

jmdn. windelweich prügeln deprimiert sein einen grünen Daumen haben, eine Vorliebe für Pflanzen haben gutgläubig/unerfahren sein rote Zahlen schreiben, verschuldet sein, Schulden haben schwarze Zahlen schreiben, mit Gewinn arbeiten Bewusstseinsverlust, Ohnmacht aus dem Nichts heraus/aus heiterem Himmel harmlose Lüge/Notlüge Milchkaffee etwas durch die rosarote Brille betrachten /sehen die Puppen tanzen lassen, die Stadt unsicher machen, einen draufmachen die Gefahr erkennen den roten Teppich ausrollen, jmdn. mit den höchsten Ehren empfangen eine Bemerkung, um das Gespräch in eine andere Richtung zu lenken (vom Thema abkommen/abgehen/ablenken)

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

as bold as a lion as brittle as glass as busy as a bee as changeable as the weather as cool as a cucumber as cunning as a fox as different as chalk and cheese as easy as abc as fit as a fiddle as firm as a rock

mutig wie ein Löwe zerbrechlich wie Glas emsig wie eine Biene wechselhaft wie das Wetter die Ruhe selbst schlau wie ein Fuchs verschieden wie Tag uund Nacht kinderleicht kerngesund und topfit wie ein Fels in der Brandung (unerbittlich, entschieden)

162

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

as good as gold as light as a feather as like as two peas in a pod as poor as a church mouse as quick as lightning

Lesson eighteen

Schatz (Mensch), sehr gut, brav federleicht sich gleichen wie ein Ei dem anderen arm wie eine Kirchenmaus blitzschnell

BINOMINALS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

odds and ends give and take part and parcel to go to rack and ruin to be prim and proper

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be rough and ready to pick and choose leaps and bounds peace and quiet here and there on and off back and forth down and out up and down back to front

Kleinigkeiten/Kram, Siebensachen nehmen und geben fester Bestandteil von etw. sein verkommen, vor die Hunde gehen sehr offiziell sein, etepetete sein, kleinbürgerlich sein einfach, schlicht sich die Rosinen herauspicken, wählerisch sein rasant, sprunghaft Ruhe und Frieden da und dort, hier und da ab und zu, hin und wieder auf und ab, hin und zurück Penner, heruntergekommen rauf und runter, auf und ab verkehrt herum

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

How come? How’s that? So what? What’s up? What of it? What if…? Come on! No way! / In no way! It’s (That’s) too bad! Time’s up. Time flies. Take it easy. So long! Go ahead! Never mind! Cheers! And so on / forth. It’s no good. Good heavens! Bless you!

Lesson twenty

Wieso? Wie ist das passiert? Weshalb? Aus Welchem Grund? Na und? Was ist los?/ Was gibt es? Na und? Und was, wenn…? Ach komm! / Mach schon! Keineswegs! Schade! Die Zeit ist um! Die Zeit vergeht (im Fluge)! Immer mit der Ruhe! Bis bald! Bis dann! Beginne! Mach schon! Geh voran! Was soll's! Zum Wohl! Und so weiter und so fort Es hat keinen Sinn! Du lieber Gott! Gesundheit.

PROVERBS

Actions speak louder than words. All’s well that ends well. All that glitters is not gold.

Taten sagen mehr als Worte. Ende Gut, alles Gut. Es ist nicht alles Gold, was glänzt.

163

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

A bad workman always blames his tools. Barking dogs seldom bite. Better late than never. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Don’t put the cart before the horse. The early bird catches the worm. Honesty is the best policy. It’s no use crying over spilt milk. It never rains but it pours. Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the iron is hot. Necessity is the mother of invention. No gain without pain. No news is good news. Practice makes perfect. The road to hell is paved with good intentions. Rome was not built in a day. Too many cooks spoil the broth. You can’t have your cake and eat it

Wenn der Reiter nichts taugt, hat das Pferd schuld. Bellende Hunde beißen nicht. Besser spät als nie!

Besser den Spatz in der Hand als die Taube auf dem Dach. Man soll den Tag nicht vor dem Abend loben. Setze nicht alles auf eine Karte.

Man soll das Pferd nicht beim Schwanz aufzäumen. Morgenstunde hat Gold im Munde. Ehrlich währt am längsten. Was geschehen ist, ist geschehen. Ein Unglück kommt selten allein. Man soll das Eisen schmieden, solange es heiß ist. Not macht erfinderisch! Ohne Fleiß kein Preis! Keine Nachricht ist eine gute Nachricht! Übung macht den Meister. Der Weg zur Hölle ist mit guten Vorsätzen gepflastert. Gut Ding braucht Weile. Zu viele Köche verderben den Brei. Man kann nicht alles haben, man kann nicht auf zwei Hochzeiten gleichzeitig tanzen.

164

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Japanese / 表現集 PART ONE

IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS

Lesson one

BUSINESS AND MONEY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

a business runs at a profit / a business runs at a loss finances are in good shape / finances are in bad shape a falling market to put money into business to close a deal / to close a bargain sharp practices a sleeping partner a take over to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt to make money to be in the money to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner to make a living to be well-off to tighten one’s belt

Lesson two 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

黒字経営／赤字経営をする （経営は）黒字／赤字である 下向きの相場 投資する （契約などを）取り決める

（不法すれすれの）ずるい取引（行為） 匿名社員 企業取得、買収

倒産、破綻する 儲ける 金が有り余っている

賃金労働者、給料生活者 （～として）働く、稼ぐ 富裕、金持ちである 耐乏生活をする

WORK

to get down to business to roll one’s sleeves up to be on business to work in the field a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker to be on duty / to be off duty to do overtime / to work overtime to be on piece work to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be on nights) to be on call to fire somebody to give somebody the sack / to get the sack to go on the dole to go on strike a blackleg

（本腰を入れて）仕事に取りかかる 腕をまくる 仕事で（旅行する）、出張する 野良仕事をする 俸給生活者、サラリーマン／肉体労働者 当直で、当番の（で）、勤務時間中で／非直で、 非番の（で）、勤務時間外で 残業をする でき高払いの仕事をする ～交代で働く いつでも待機する、いつでも働ける 首にする 首にする／首になる 失業手当を受けている ストに入る スト破り

165

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson three 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be on time to be behind time to take one’s time to do sth at the last minute to do sth on the spur of the moment to be up-to-date / out-of-date it’s high time to have a minute at any moment every now and then once in a blue moon once in a while a night-bird an early bird to kill time

Lesson four 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

時間どおりに、定刻に 予定（定刻）に遅れて ゆっくり（急がずに）やる いよいよという時に、ぎりぎりに 時のはずみで、出来心で、とっさに 最新（式）の、現代的な／時代遅れの、旧式の する時間だ

少し時間がある いつ何時、今にも 時々 ごくまれに、めったに…ない たまに 夜型の人 早起きの人 時間を潰す

CONVERSATION

to talk at cross purposes to get hold of the wrong end of the stick to get a word in edgeways to talk behind somebody’s back to give somebody a talking-to to put it in a nutshell to be long-winded to speak one’s mind to talk rubbish to talk sense to take the hint to take something into account to cut a long story short to beat about the bush to have a word with somebody

Lesson five 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

TIME

話がかみ合わない、お互い理解を得られず 取り違える、すっかり誤解する 口を挟む 他人の陰口をきく 油を絞る きわめて簡潔に（要約して）言えば、要するに 長たらしい 思うことをはっきり言う つまらないことを言う 物のわかった話し方をする、もっともなことを言う （ほのめかされて）それと感づく、気をきかす 勘定に入れる 手短に言えば 遠回しに探る、要点に触れない

ちょっと（ひと言）お話する

DISCUSSION

an open question a storm in a teacup to cross swords to drop the subject to change one’s mind to bear something in mind to make up one’s mind to take something for granted to come to the point / to get to the point / to reach the point 10. to fail to see the point / to miss the point 11. to get the point / to see the point

未解決の問題 から騒ぎ …と剣を交える、…と論争する 話をやめにする 気を変える 心に留めておく 心を決める 当然のことと思う

（前置きなしで）要点を言う 要点が理解できない 要点が理解できる

166

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

to make one’s point to hold one’s tongue to have the last word in a way / in some ways all in all for one thing to be out of place to be out of the question to wrap up the discussion

Lesson six

PROBLEMS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

to stir things up to pour oil on troubled waters to lay one’s cards on the table to get to the bottom of things to get a grasp to see a light at the end of the tunnel

7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

to sweep under the carpet to be in a fix to be at a crossroads to find a happy medium to skate on thin ice

12. to put oneself in someone else’s shoes 13. to take something to heart 14. to keep a straight face 15. to burn one’s fingers 16. to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges 17. to get into hot water / to get into a mess 18. to mind your own business 19. to see daylight 20. to face the music

Lesson seven 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

主張の正しいことを示す、要点をわかってもらう 黙っている 決定的な発言権がある ある意味で 全部で、大体において まず…、一つには い（である） 問題外、無理である （議論）を終える

揺さぶりをかける 風波を静める 手の内を見せる 真相を窮める、根底を尋ねる …をしっかり握る （苦難の後）行く手に光が見えてくる、見通しが出て くる （ 不都合なもの・こと）を隠す、秘密にする ピンチに立つ 岐路に立つ 中庸を得る （薄氷を踏むように）危険な状態にある、危ない橋を 渡る 人の立場に立って（身になって）考える 心に留める にこりともしない、まじめくさった顔でいる やけどする 背水の陣を敷く 苦境（窮地）にある（陥る 大きなお世話だ （難しい事柄などの）解決（終決）の曙光を認める、 やまが見える （自分の行為の結果に対して）進んで責任を取る、 いさぎよく（世間の）批判を受ける

BEHAVIOUR

to be out of one’s mind to be as thick as thieves to blow one’s own trumpet to go one’s own way to be a bull in a china shop to be a snake in the grass to drive someone mad to lose one’s temper to lose one’s head to lose one’s tongue

発狂して、気が狂って とても親密で 自画自賛する （自分の）道を進む はた迷惑な乱暴者

信用できない人 人を立腹させる 短気を起こす 夢中になる （びっくりした後などで）ものが言えなくなる

167

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to keep one’s chin up to play the fool to show one’s teeth to get on someone’s nerves to hit below the belt

Lesson eight 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

至福の状態である

とても元気である 無上の幸福のうちに、有頂天になって 安心する、気持ちが楽になる 不機嫌である 心（気）にかかって、心を悩まして 食欲がある、腹ぺこである ぶるぶる震える、びくびくする びっくりして跳び上がる

陸に上がった魚のように、勝手が違って いらいらする （不安で）はらはらする 非常に幸せで、大喜びして 激怒する、かっとなる 元気いっぱいで

HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH

not to look one’s age to look young for one’s years to be getting on in years to be in the autumn of one’s life to be in good health / to be in good shape to be in poor health / to be in poor shape to feel under the weather / to look a bit under the weather to be off colour to look run-down to catch a disease to be on one’s last legs to be on one’s deathbed to have one foot in the grave to kick the bucket to die before one’s time

Lesson ten 1. 2. 3. 4.

FEELINGS

to be on cloud nine to be in high spirits to be in seventh heaven to be at ease to be in a black mood to have something on one’s mind to be able to eat a horse to be shaking in one’s shoes to jump out of one’s skin to be like a fish out of water to be on edge to be on tenterhooks to be over the moon to see red to be full of beans

Lesson nine

気落ちしない、元気を出す をやる、ばかなことをする 歯をむき出す、威嚇する 人の神経にさわる、人をいらいらさせる 卑怯なふるまいをする

年齢ほどには見えない その歳にしては若く見える 歳をとる 初老期に である 健康でない の具合が悪くて、 気分が悪くて 顔色が悪い、気分がすぐれない

疲労する 病気にかかる 弱り（困り、疲れ）果てて 末期に臨んで 棺おけに片足を突っ込んでいる、死にかけている 死ぬ、往生する、くたばる 早死にする

CRIME

to come to a bad end a capital offence / a capital crime a jail bird to serve time / to do time

不幸（不名誉）なことになる、みじめな死に方をする 死刑に値する犯罪 再犯者、 常習犯 刑期を務める、服役する

168

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be at large to be on parole to break prison to go to law to have clean hands to catch someone red-handed crime doesn’t pay daylight robbery in cold blood to set a thief / to catch a thief to be on the alert

Lesson eleven 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

ENTERTAINMENT

to have a night out to make a day of something to have a good time / to have a great time to go out on the town to wear one’s sunday best a blind date to throw a party to be the life and soul of the party hard drinks to be high thin beer to stand someone a drink to go dutch to feel like doing something to be keen on

Lesson twelve

（犯人・動物など）捕らわれないで、逃走中で、自由で 仮釈放（中）で 脱獄する …を起訴（告訴）する 潔白である 人の悪事の現場を見つける、人を現行犯で捕らえる 犯罪は割に合わない 法外な金を請求すること 冷酷に、平気で 泥棒を取り押さえる 油断なく警戒（待機）して、警戒態勢で

一夜を外で遊び明かす 日楽しませる 愉快に過ごす （特に夜に）浮かれ楽しんで、歓楽にふけって 晴れ着を着て ブラインドデート パーティーを催す 一座の中心人物（人気者） アルコール 酔っ払っている、ハイである 弱いビール ドリンクをおごる 割り勘にする ～したい気持ちになっている ～が好き・得意、（仕事に）熱心

HOLIDAY / TRAVEL

a package holiday a coach party to sleep in the open to travel light to be on the road to hit the road to make a trip through the country / to go on a round trip through the country to break the journey to travel through / to travel non-stop to cross a border to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike to get itchy feet to go on a guided tour to do a sight-seeing tour to take a shortcut

パッケージツアー、パックツアー ガイド付きの（観光）旅行 野宿する （荷物など持たずに）身軽に旅行する 道路上で、（劇団などが）巡業中で 出発する、立ち去る 全国を歩き回る

途中下車する 泊まらずにずっと走る（旅行する） 国境を越える ヒッチハイクする どこかへ出かけたくてたまらない気持ち ガイド付きの（観光）旅行 観光する 近道をする

169

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson thirteen FAMILY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

a grass widow a henpecked husband to wear the trousers an old maid to lead a woman to the altar a confirmed bachelor to have an affair flesh and blood to run the streets (of children) to play truant to be the black sheep of the family to follow in someone’s footsteps the generation gap to be born with a silver spoon in one’s mouth 15. blue blood

PART TWO

夫が長い間不在の妻 妻の尻に敷かれた、かかあ天下の夫 亭主を尻に敷く オールドミス、老嬢 （女性と）結婚する どうしても結婚しない男 関係（浮気）する 自分の肉親、身内 （子どもが）車道で遊ぶ 学校をずる休みする、サボる （一家の）やっかい者、つらよごし 人（の例）にならう、人の志を継ぐ 世代間の断絶、ジェネレーションギャップ 裕福な家に生まれる 貴族の血統

DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS

Lesson fourteen ANIMALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

to kill two birds with one stone to take the bull by the horns to have butterflies in one’s stomach to let the cat out of the bag to go to the dogs to let sleeping dogs lie

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to have other fish to fry to take the lion’s share to buy a pig in a poke to smell a rat to cook someone’s goose to have a bee in one’s bonnet to rain cats and dogs to go at a snail’s pace to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing

Lesson fifteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

一石二鳥 勇敢に（進んで）難局に当たる （心配で）胸がどきどきする、上がる （うっかり）秘密を漏らしてしまう 落ちぶれる、破滅する、堕落する 面倒になりそうなことはそっとしておく、 寝た子は起こさない、やぶへびにならぬようにする ほかにしなければならない大切な仕事がある いちばん大きな分け前を取る、甘い汁を吸う 品物を現物を見ずに買う、衝動買いをする うさんくさく思う、変だと感づく 人の機会（計画、希望、評判）を台なしにする 奇妙な考え（固定観念）にとりつかれている （雨が）どしゃ降りに降る のろのろと、ゆっくりと走る 羊の皮を着た狼

PARTS OF THE BODY

to do something behind someone’s back to make no bones about something to get something off one’s chest to be all ears to be an eye-opener to have an eye for something to have something at one’s fingertips to make one’s hair stand on end

人の背後で、ひそかに、陰で（何かをする） …を率直に認める、隠し立てをしない

（気になっていたことを）打ち明けてさっぱりする 一心に耳を傾ける 悟りを開かせる （何か）を見（分け）るよい目がある …に精通している、…を何でも知っている （ 恐恐がなななな） 髪を逆逆てが

170

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

9. to learn something by heart 10. to pull someone’s leg 11. to have something on the tip of one’s tongue 12. to stick one’s neck out 13. to be getting out of hand 14. to split hairs 15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder

Lesson sixteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

暗記する （誰かを）馬鹿にする、人をからかう （のどまで出かかっているのに）思い出せなくて 自ら危険な目にあう

事事は） 収収ががががが がが がががが （特に議論などで）無用の（極端に） 細かい区別立てをする （不満などのために）けんか腰である、怒りっぽい

COLOURS

to beat somebody black and blue to feel blue to have green fingers to be green to be in the red to be in the black a blackout out of the blue a white lie white coffee to see something through rosecoloured to paint the town red to see the red light to put out the red carpet (for someone) a red herring

たたかれてあざだらけになる 憂うつな気持ちになる 園芸の才がある だまされやすい、軽信する （商売など）赤字である、借金している 黒字である 失神 突然（現われる） 罪のないうそ ミルク入りコーヒー …をばら色の眼鏡で見る 底抜けに大騒ぎをする、盛り場を回る、飲み歩く 危険に気づく （人）を丁重に迎える（準備をする）、 （人）を手厚くもてなす 人の注意を他へそらすもの

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

as bold as a lion as brittle as glass as busy as a bee as changeable as the weather as cool as a cucumber as cunning as a fox as different as chalk and cheese as easy as abc as fit as a fiddle as firm as a rock as good as gold as light as a feather as like as two peas in a pod as poor as a church mouse as quick as lightning

勇猛である （人が）扱いにくい、怒りっぽい せっせと仕事に精を出して 秋の空のように あくまで落ち着き払って とてもずるい、悪賢い （外見は似ているが本質的には）まったく違った 非常にやさしい、たやすい 元気で、ぴんぴんして きわめて堅固な （人が）とてもおとなしくて とても軽い まるでうり二つで ひどく貧乏で うむを言わせないほど速

171

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson eighteen

BINOMINALS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

odds and ends give and take part and parcel to go to rack and ruin to be prim and proper to be rough and ready

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to pick and choose leaps and bounds peace and quiet here and there on and off back and forth down and out up and down back to front

はんぱ物、がらくた、残り物 公平にやりとりする、互いに譲り合う 重要部分、眼目 荒廃（破滅）する、だめになる 潔癖でお堅い 間に合わせ（大ざっぱ、ぞんざい）だけれども目的に かなう よりすぐる、えり好みする とんとん拍子に、うなぎ登りに 平穏無事 あちらこちら 時々、折々、不規則に 前後に、あちこちに 落ちぶれ果てた人 上下に 後ろ前に

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

How come? How’s that? So what? What’s up? What of it? What if…? Come on! No way! / In no way! It’s (That’s) too bad! Time’s up. Time flies. Take it easy. So long! Go ahead! Never mind! Cheers! And so on / forth. It’s no good. Good heavens! Bless you!

Lesson twenty

なぜ？／どうしてですか どうして？／どういう理由で? それで？ どうしたの（ですか）？ それで？気にすることはない。 …たらどうなるの（ですか）？ 早くしてよ！ 無理（です）！ 残念（ですね）！ 時間切れですよ。 光陰矢の如し。 気楽に、あせらないで では、また！ どうぞ（進んでください）！ 気にしないで（ください）！ 乾杯！ などなど… 無駄です。 （あらまあ！）大変！ お大事に! （くしゃみをした人に向かって）

PROVERBS

Actions speak louder than words. All’s well that ends well. All that glitters is not gold. A bad workman always blames his tools. Barking dogs seldom bite. Better late than never.

言葉より行動のほうが雄弁である 終わりよければすべてよし 輝くものすべてが金とは限らない 下手な職人は道具に難癖をつける、弘法は筆を選ばず 吠える犬はめったに噛まない 遅くともないよりまし

172

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Don’t put the cart before the horse. The early bird catches the worm. Honesty is the best policy. It’s no use crying over spilt milk. It never rains but it pours. Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the iron is hot. Necessity is the mother of invention. No gain without pain. No news is good news. Practice makes perfect. The road to hell is paved with good intentions. Rome was not built in a day. Too many cooks spoil the broth. You can’t have your cake and eat it

手中の一羽の鳥は茂みの中の二羽の鳥より値打ちがある （明日の百より今日の五十） （通例否定の命令法で） 「捕らぬたぬきの皮算用」をするな ひとつの事業にすべてをかけるな 前後（の順序）を誤る、本末転倒、 馬の前に荷車をつなぐな 早起きは三文の得（徳） 正直は最上の策 過ぎ去ったことはくよくよしてもしかたがない （覆水盆に返らず） 降れば土砂降り 二度あることは三度ある 日の照るうちに草を干せ／鉄は熱いうちに打て、 好機を逸するな. 必要は発明の母 骨折りなければ利益なし 便りのないのはよい便り 習うより慣れよ 地獄への道は善意の石畳で舗装されている （いくら善意があっても実行しなければやはりそ の人は地獄へ落ちる ローマは一日にしてならず 料理人が多ければ吸い物がまずくなる （船頭多くして船山に上る） 一度に二つ良いことは起きない

173

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Glossary / Słowniczek PART ONE

IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS

Lesson one

BUSINESS AND MONEY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

a business runs at a profit / a business runs at a loss finances are in good shape / finances are in bad shape a falling market to put money into business to close a deal / to close a bargain sharp practices a sleeping partner a take over to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt to make money to be in the money to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner to make a living to be well-off to tighten one’s belt

Lesson two

to get down to business to roll one’s sleeves up to be on business to work in the field a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker to be on duty / to be off duty

7. 8. 9.

to do overtime / to work overtime to be on piece work to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be on nights) to be on call to fire somebody to give somebody the sack / to get the sack to go on the dole to go on strike a blackleg

Lesson three 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

finanse są w dobrej / złej kondycji podupadający rynek inwestować pieniądze w interes sfinalizować interes nie całkiem uczciwe (jednak legalne) praktyki cichy wspólnik przejęcie (np. firmy) zbankrutować zarabiać pieniądze być przy pieniądzach (nagle) mieć pensję tygodniową / miesięczną zarabiać na życie być dobrze sytuowanym zacisnąć pasa

WORK

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

interes przynosi zyski / straty

wziąć się do roboty zakasać rękawy być w interesach pracować w terenie pracownik umysłowy / pracownik fizyczny być n służbie (dyżurze) / być po służbie (dyżurze) pracować nadgodziny pracować na akord pracować na zmiany być do dyspozycji zwolnić kogoś z pracy zwolnić kogoś / zostać zwolnionym zacząć pobierać zasiłek dla bezrobotnych zacząć strajkować łamistrajk

TIME

to be on time to be behind time to take one’s time to do sth at the last minute to do sth on the spur of the moment

być punktualnie spóźnić się nie spieszyć się zrobić coś na ostatnią chwilę zrobić coś pod wpływem chwili

174

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6.

to be up-to-date / out-of-date

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

it’s high time to have a minute at any moment every now and then once in a blue moon once in a while a night-bird an early bird to kill time

Lesson four 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

CONVERSATION

to talk at cross purposes to get hold of the wrong end of the stick to get a word in edgeways to talk behind somebody’s back to give somebody a talking-to to put it in a nutshell to be long-winded to speak one’s mind to talk rubbish to talk sense to take the hint to take something into account to cut a long story short to beat about the bush to have a word with somebody

Lesson five

być na czasie, być aktualnym / być nieaktualnym najwyższy czas, aby mieć minutę (dla kogoś) w każdej chwili, lada moment od czasu do czasu bardzo rzadko raz na jakiś czas nocny Marek ranny ptaszek zabić czas

nie rozumieć się nawzajem zrozumieć coś niewłaściwie wtrącić słowo mówić za czyimiś plecami nagadać komuś powiedzieć coś zwięźle gadatliwy, rozwlekły mówić otwarcie, szczerze gadać bzdury mówić do rzeczy zrozumieć w lot, pojąć aluzję wziąć coś pod uwagę krótko mówiąc owijać w bawełnę zamienić z kimś słowo

DISCUSSION

an open question a storm in a teacup to cross swords to drop the subject to change one’s mind to bear something in mind to make up one’s mind to take something for granted to come to the point / to get to the point / to reach the point to fail to see the point / to miss the point to get the point / to see the point to make one’s point to hold one’s tongue to have the last word in a way / in some ways all in all for one thing to be out of place to be out of the question to wrap up the discussion

otwarta kwestia burza w szklance wody skrzyżować miecze (w dyskusji) przestać mówić na jakiś temat zmienić zdanie mieć coś na uwadze zdecydować się brać coś za pewnik dojść do sedna sprawy nie rozumieć celu, sedna sprawy zrozumieć cel wyjaśnić swój punkt widzenia powstrzymać się od powiedzenia czegoś mieć ostatnie słowo w pewnym sensie, do pewnego stopnia podsumowując, biorąc wszystko pod uwagę po pierwsze być nie na miejscu nie ma mowy zakończyć dyskusję

175

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson six 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

PROBLEMS

to stir things up to pour oil on troubled waters to lay one’s cards on the table to get to the bottom of things to get a grasp to see a light at the end of the tunnel to sweep under the carpet to be in a fix to be at a crossroads to find a happy medium to skate on thin ice to put oneself in someone else’s shoes to take something to heart to keep a straight face to burn one’s fingers to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges to get into hot water / to get into a mess to mind your own business to see daylight to face the music

Lesson seven

BEHAVIOUR

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

to be out of one’s mind to be as thick as thieves to blow one’s own trumpet to go one’s own way to be a bull in a china shop to be a snake in the grass to drive someone mad to lose one’s temper to lose one’s head

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to lose one’s tongue to keep one’s chin up to play the fool to show one’s teeth to get on someone’s nerves to hit below the belt

Lesson eight 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

umyślnie powodować zamęt, zamieszanie łagodzić sytuację wyłożyć karty na stół dotrzeć do sedna, do prawdy pojąć coś zobaczyć światło w tunelu ukrywać problem, zamiast stawić mu czoło być w potrzasku być na rozdrożach znaleźć złoty środek stąpać po kruchym lodzie postawić się w czyjejś sytuacji wziąć sobie coś do serca utrzymać powagę sparzyć sobie palce palić za sobą mosty wpaść w kłopoty, wpaść w tarapaty pilnować własnego nosa doznać olśnienia ponieść konsekwencje

stracić rozum być z kimś w wielkiej przyjaźni przechwalać się pójść własną drogą być jak słoń w składzie porcelany (niezdarny) okazać się wężem, udawać przyjaciela doprowadzać kogoś do szału stracić panowanie nad sobą stracić głowę, stracić umiejętność logicznego myślenia zaniemówić trzymać głowę do góry, myśleć pozytywnie wygłupiać się pokazać wściekłość działać komuś na nerwy uderzać poniżej pasa

FEELINGS

to be on cloud nine to be in high spirits to be in seventh heaven to be at ease to be in a black mood to have something on one’s mind to be able to eat a horse to be shaking in one’s shoes

być bardzo szczęśliwym być w dobrym nastroju, być podekscytowanym być w siódmym niebie czuć się na luzie, być zrelaksowanym być rozdrażnionym mieć coś na głowie, martwić się czymś móc zjeść konia z kopytami, być bardzo głodnym być przerażonym

176

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

9.

to jump out of one’s skin

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be like a fish out of water to be on edge to be on tenterhooks to be over the moon to see red to be full of beans

Lesson nine 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

nie wyglądać na swój wiek wyglądać młodo, jak na swoje lata posuwać się w latach, starzeć się być w jesieni życia być w dobrym zdrowiu, w dobrej formie być słabego zdrowia, być w złej formie czuć się chorym, wyglądać na chorego czuć się niewyraźnie wyglądać na zmęczonego złapać chorobę być starym lub w bardzo złej kondycji być na łożu śmierci być jedną nogą w grobie kopnąć w kalendarz umrzeć młodo

CRIME

to come to a bad end a capital offence / a capital crime a jail bird to serve time / to do time to be at large to be on parole to break prison to go to law to have clean hands to catch someone red-handed crime doesn’t pay daylight robbery in cold blood to set a thief / to catch a thief to be on the alert

Lesson eleven 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH

not to look one’s age to look young for one’s years to be getting on in years to be in the autumn of one’s life to be in good health / to be in good shape to be in poor health / to be in poor shape to feel under the weather / to look a bit under the weather to be off colour to look run-down to catch a disease to be on one’s last legs to be on one’s deathbed to have one foot in the grave to kick the bucket to die before one’s time

Lesson ten

wyskoczyć ze skóry (ze zdziwienia, z zaskoczenia) czuć się nieswojo, niepewnie być bardzo napiętym siedzieć jak na szpilkach być bardzo zadowolonym wściec się być pełnym energii

źle skończyć przestępstwo karane śmiercią recydywista odsiadywać karę być na wolności być na warunkowym zwolnieniu uciec z więzienia oddać sprawę do sądu mieć czyste ręce, być niewinnym złapać kogoś na gorącym uczynku przestępstwo nie popłaca zdzierstwo z zimną krwią złapać złodzieja być w pogotowiu

ENTERTAINMENT

to have a night out to make a day of something to have a good time / to have a great time to go out on the town to wear one’s sunday best

wyjść wieczorem, spędzić wieczór poza domem spędzić cały dzień dobrze się bawiąc dobrze się bawić bawić się na mieście ubrać się w najlepsze ciuchy

177

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

a blind date to throw a party to be the life and soul of the party hard drinks to be high thin beer to stand someone a drink to go dutch to feel like doing something to be keen on

Lesson twelve

HOLIDAY / TRAVEL

1.

a package holiday

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

a coach party to sleep in the open to travel light to be on the road to hit the road to make a trip through the country / to go on a round trip through the country to break the journey to travel through / to travel non-stop to cross a border to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike to get itchy feet to go on a guided tour to do a sight-seeing tour to take a shortcut

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

randka w ciemno urządzić imprezę być duszą towarzystwa mocne alkohole być pijanym, być naćpanym słabe piwo postawić komuś drinka płacić każdy za siebie mieć na coś ochotę lubić

wycieczka zorganizowana, w której transport, wyżywienie i zakwaterowanie są zapewnione i zawarte w cenie grupa zorganizowana spać pod gołym niebem podróżować bez większego bagażu być w podróży ruszyć w drogę objechać cały kraj zrobić przerwę w podróży podróżować bez przystanku przekroczyć granicę podróżować autostopem czuć nieodpartą potrzebę udania się w podróż zwiedzać z przewodnikiem zwiedzać pójść na skróty

Lesson thirteen FAMILY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

a grass widow a henpecked husband to wear the trousers an old maid to lead a woman to the altar a confirmed bachelor to have an affair flesh and blood to run the streets (of children) to play truant to be the black sheep of the family to follow in someone’s footsteps the generation gap to be born with a silver spoon in one’s mouth 15. blue blood

słomiana wdowa pantoflarz nosić spodnie, być mężczyzną stara panna zaprowadzić kobietę do ołtarza zatwardziały kawaler mieć romans własna rodzina wałęsać się po ulicach bez opieki (o dzieciach) wagarować być czarną owcą w rodzinie pójść w czyjeś ślady różnica pokoleń być w czepku urodzonym błękitna krew

178

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

PART TWO

DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS

Lesson fourteen ANIMALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to kill two birds with one stone to take the bull by the horns to have butterflies in one’s stomach to let the cat out of the bag to go to the dogs to let sleeping dogs lie to have other fish to fry to take the lion’s share to buy a pig in a poke to smell a rat to cook someone’s goose to have a bee in one’s bonnet to rain cats and dogs to go at a snail’s pace to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing

Lesson fifteen

PARTS OF THE BODY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

to do something behind someone’s back to make no bones about something to get something off one’s chest to be all ears to be an eye-opener

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to have an eye for something to have something at one’s fingertips to make one’s hair stand on end to learn something by heart to pull someone’s leg to have something on the tip of one’s tongue to stick one’s neck out to be getting out of hand to split hairs to have a chip on one’s shoulder

Lesson sixteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

upiec dwie pieczenie na jednym ogniu złapać byka za rogi czuć nerwowy ucisk w żołądku zdradzić sekret zejść na psy nie wywoływać wilka z lasu mieć coś ważniejszego do zrobienia. zabrać lwią część kupić kota w worku węszyć podstęp zniweczyć czyjeś plany mieć obsesję na jakimś punkcie (o deszczu) leje jak z cebra wlec się jak ślimak być wilkiem w owczej skórze

robić coś za czyimiś plecami nie owijać w bawełnę zrzucić ciężar z serca zamieniać się w słuch być rewelacją, czymś, co zmienia nasze widzenie świata być spostrzegawczym w jakiejś dziedzinie mieć coś w małym palcu powodować, że włos staje na głowie, przerażać nauczyć się czegoś na pamięć żartować sobie z kogoś mieć coś na końcu języka nadstawiać karku, narażać się wymykać się spod kontroli dzielić włos na czworo być przeczulonym na jakimś punkcie

COLOURS

to beat somebody black and blue to feel blue to have green fingers to be green to be in the red to be in the black a blackout out of the blue a white lie white coffee to see something through rose-coloured to paint the town red

zbić kogoś na kwaśne jabłko być przygnębionym mieć rękę do roślin być łatwowiernym, niedoświadczonym być zadłużonym być do przodu z pieniędzmi (nie być zadłużonym) utrata przytomności niespodziewanie białe (nieszkodliwe) kłamstwo biała kawa widzieć coś przez różowe okulary zaszaleć na mieście

179

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

13. to see the red light 14. to put out the red carpet (for someone) 15. a red herring

rozpoznać niebezpieczeństwo przywitać kogoś godnie uwaga wypowiedziana po to, aby skierować rozmowę na inny tor

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

as bold as a lion as brittle as glass as busy as a bee as changeable as the weather as cool as a cucumber as cunning as a fox as different as chalk and cheese as easy as abc as fit as a fiddle as firm as a rock as good as gold as light as a feather as like as two peas in a pod as poor as a church mouse as quick as lightning

Lesson eighteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

odds and ends give and take part and parcel to go to rack and ruin to be prim and proper to be rough and ready to pick and choose leaps and bounds peace and quiet here and there on and off back and forth down and out up and down back to front

odważny jak lew kruchy jak szkło pracowity jak pszczółka zmienny jak pogoda opanowany przebiegły jak lis zupełnie niepodobni łatwy jak abecadło bardzo sprawny i wysportowany twardy jak skała (nieugięty, zdecydowany) bardzo dobry (o człowieku) lekki jak piórko podobny jak dwie krople wody biedny jak mysz kościelna szybki jak błyskawica

BINOMINALS resztki, drobiazgi kompromis, wzajemne ustępstwa część integralna popaść w ruinę bardzo oficjalny (sztywny) prosty, niewyszukany wybierać z wielu możliwości szybko, wielkimi krokami cisza i spokój tu i ówdzie, gdzieniegdzie od czasu do czasu tam i z powrotem rozbitek życiowy, wykolejeniec w górę i w dół tyłem naprzód

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

How come? How’s that? So what? What’s up? What of it? What if…? Come on! No way! / In no way! It’s (That’s) too bad! Time’s up.

Dlaczego?/ Jak to się stało? Dlaczego? / Jaka jest tego przyczyna? I co z tego? Co się dzieje? / Co słychać? I co z tego? A co jeśli…? Pospiesz się! / Przestań! Nie ma mowy. Szkoda. Czas dobiegł końca.

180

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

Time flies. Take it easy. So long! Go ahead! Never mind! Cheers! And so on / forth. It’s no good. Good heavens! Bless you!

Lesson twenty

Czas leci. Spokojnie, nie denerwuj się. Na razie! Zaczynaj! Nie przejmuj się. Na zdrowie! I tak dalej. / I tym podobne. Nie ma sensu. Wielkie nieba! Na zdrowie (gdy ktoś kichnie).

PROVERBS

Actions speak louder than words. All’s well that ends well. All that glitters is not gold. A bad workman always blames his tools. Barking dogs seldom bite. Better late than never. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Don’t put the cart before the horse. The early bird catches the worm. Honesty is the best policy. It’s no use crying over spilt milk. It never rains but it pours. Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the iron is hot. Necessity is the mother of invention. No gain without pain. No news is good news. Practice makes perfect. The road to hell is paved with good intentions. Rome was not built in a day. Too many cooks spoil the broth. You can’t have your cake and eat it

Czyny przemawiają głośniej niż słowa. Wszystko dobre, co się dobrze kończy. Nie wszystko złoto, co się świeci. Złej baletnicy przeszkadza rąbek u spódnicy. Pies, który szczeka, rzadko gryzie. Lepiej późno, niż wcale. Lepszy wróbel w garści niż gołąb na dachu. Nie dziel skóry na niedźwiedziu. Nie stawiaj wszystkiego na jedną kartę. Nie stawiaj rzeczy na głowie. Kto rano wstaje, temu Pan Bóg daje. Uczciwość popłaca. Co się stało to się nie odstanie. Nieszczęścia chodzą parami. Kuj żelazo, póki gorące. Potrzeba matką wynalazku. Bez pracy nie ma kołaczy. Brak wiadomości to dobra wiadomość. Praktyka czyni mistrza. Dobrymi chęciami jest piekło wybrukowane. Nie od razu Rzym zbudowano. Gdzie kucharek sześć tam nie ma co jeść. Nie można zjeść ciastka i mieć ciastko.

181

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Spanish / Glosario PART ONE

IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS

Lesson one

BUSINESS AND MONEY

1.

3.

a business runs at a profit / a business runs at a loss finances are in good shape / finances are in bad shape a falling market

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to put money into business to close a deal / to close a bargain sharp practices a sleeping partner a take over to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt to make money to be in the money to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner to make a living to be well-off to tighten one’s belt

2.

Lesson two 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

las finanzas están en buena forma / en mala forma mercado decreciente, mercado con tendencia a la baja invertir dinero en un negocio cerrar un trato métodos dudosos (pero no ilegales) socio comanditario adquisición quebrar, estar en bancarrota ganar dinero ser rico, tener mucho dinero ser un asalariado ganarse la vida estar bien económicamente apretarse el cinturón

WORK

to get down to business to roll one’s sleeves up to be on business to work in the field a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker to be on duty / to be off duty to do overtime / to work overtime to be on piece work to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be on nights) to be on call to fire somebody to give somebody the sack / to get the sack to go on the dole to go on strike a blackleg

Lesson three

un negocio produce beneficios / pérdidas

ponerse a trabajar en serio prepararse para trabajar estar en el negocio trabajar en el terreno un empleado administrativo / un obrero estar de servicio / estar fuera de servicio trabajar horas extras trabajar a destajo trabajar a turnos estar localizable despedir a alguien despedir a alguien ir al paro estar en huelga esquirol

TIME

to be on time to be behind time to take one’s time to do sth at the last minute to do sth on the spur of the moment

ser puntual / llegar a tiempo retrasarse tomarse su tiempo hacer algo en el último momento hacer algo impulsivamente, hacer algo de repente

182

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6.

to be up-to-date / out-of-date

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

it’s high time to have a minute at any moment every now and then once in a blue moon once in a while a night-bird an early bird to kill time

Lesson four

CONVERSATION

1.

to talk at cross purposes

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

to get hold of the wrong end of the stick to get a word in edgeways to talk behind somebody’s back to give somebody a talking-to to put it in a nutshell to be long-winded

8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

to speak one’s mind to talk rubbish to talk sense to take the hint to take something into account

13. to cut a long story short 14. to beat about the bush 15. to have a word with somebody

Lesson five 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

estar a la útima, ser moderno / estar anticuado, estar pasado de moda ya es hora tener un minuto (para alguien) en cualquier momento / de un momento a otro de vez en cuando muy de vez en cuando / raramente de vez en cuando ave nocturna / un búho un madrugador matar el tiempo

hablar de cosas distintas, tener un diálogo de besugos malinterpretar algo meter baza hablar a espaldas de alguien regañar a alguien, darle a alguien una charla resumir algo, decir algo brevemente ser interminable en explicaciones, ser prolijo en explicaciones hablar con franqueza decir tonterías, decir disparates hablar con sensatez darse por aludido tener algo en cuenta, tomar algo en consideración abreviar, ser breve andarse por las ramas, andarse con rodeos tener cuatro palabras con alguien

DISCUSSION

an open question a storm in a teacup to cross swords to drop the subject to change one’s mind to bear something in mind to make up one’s mind to take something for granted to come to the point / to get to the point / to reach the point to fail to see the point / to miss the point to get the point / to see the point to make one’s point to hold one’s tongue to have the last word in a way / in some ways all in all for one thing

pregunta abierta una tormenta en un vaso de agua vérselas con alguien cambiar el tema cambiar de opinión tener algo en cuenta tomar una decisión dar algo por supuesto ir al grano, ir al asunto no entender el asunto entender el asunto hacerse entender morderse la lengua tener la última palabra en cierto modo, en cierta manera en definitiva, en resumen en primer lugar

183

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

18. to be out of place 19. to be out of the question 20. to wrap up the discussion

Lesson six 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

PROBLEMS

to stir things up to pour oil on troubled waters to lay one’s cards on the table to get to the bottom of things to get a grasp to see a light at the end of the tunnel to sweep under the carpet to be in a fix to be at a crossroads to find a happy medium to skate on thin ice to put oneself in someone else’s shoes to take something to heart to keep a straight face to burn one’s fingers to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges to get into hot water / to get into a mess to mind your own business to see daylight to face the music

Lesson seven 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be on cloud nine to be in high spirits to be in seventh heaven to be at ease to be in a black mood

revolver las cosas tranquilizar los ánimos, apaciguar los ánimos poner las cartas sobre la mesa llegar al fondo del asunto entender algo ver la luz al final del túnel esconder el problema estar en un apuro, estar en un aprieto encontrarse en una encrucijada, estar ante una difícil situación encontrar una solución intermedia pisar en terreno peligroso ponerse en la posición de alguien tomarse algo a pecho mostrarse impasible, quedarse como si nada quemarse los dedos tirar piedras sobre el propio tejado de uno meterse en líos preocuparse de los propios asuntos de uno ver la luz, empezar a ver la luz hacer frente a las consecuencias

BEHAVIOUR

to be out of one’s mind to be as thick as thieves to blow one’s own trumpet to go one’s own way to be a bull in a china shop to be a snake in the grass to drive someone mad to lose one’s temper to lose one’s head to lose one’s tongue to keep one’s chin up to play the fool to show one’s teeth to get on someone’s nerves to hit below the belt

Lesson eight 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

estar fuera de lugar, ser inadecuado imposible, de ningún modo finalizar el debate

perder el juicio ser uña y carne presumir, echarse flores seguir su propio camino ser como un elefante en una cacharrería ser un traicionero, ser un enemigo oculto volver loco a uno perder la calma perder la cabeza quedarse mudo poner al mal tiempo buena cara hacerse el tonto enseñar los dientes, enseñar las garras poner a alguien de los nervios dar un golpe bajo

FEELINGS estar en la nubes, estar muy feliz estar muy animado estar en el séptimo cielo, estar muy feliz estar cómodo, estar relajado estar de mal humor

184

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to have something on one’s mind to be able to eat a horse to be shaking in one’s shoes to jump out of one’s skin to be like a fish out of water to be on edge to be on tenterhooks to be over the moon to see red to be full of beans

Lesson nine 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH

not to look one’s age to look young for one’s years to be getting on in years to be in the autumn of one’s life to be in good health / to be in good shape to be in poor health / to be in poor shape to feel under the weather / to look a bit under the weather to be off colour to look run-down to catch a disease to be on one’s last legs to be on one’s deathbed to have one foot in the grave to kick the bucket to die before one’s time

Lesson ten

tener algo en la cabeza, preocuparse por algo ser capaz de comerse una vaca temblar de miedo morirse de miedo, llevarse un gran susto estar como pez fuera del agua, tener los nervios de punta estar en ascuas, estar con el alma en vilo estar encantado de la vida ponerse rojo de ira rebosar de vitalidad

no aparentar la edad de uno aparentar joven para la edad de uno entrar en años estar en el otoño de la vida de uno estar bien de salud, estar en plena forma estar mal de salud, estar en baja forma sentirse mal, sentirse enfermo no encontrarse bien, estar destemplado parecer agotado coger una enfermedad estar en las últimas estar en el lecho de muerte tener un pie en la tumba estirar la pata morir antes de tiempo

CRIME

1. 2.

to come to a bad end a capital offence / a capital crime

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

a jail bird to serve time / to do time to be at large to be on parole to break prison to go to law to have clean hands to catch someone red-handed crime doesn’t pay daylight robbery in cold blood to set a thief / to catch a thief to be on the alert

acabar mal delito punible con pena de muerte / crimen con mayúsculas reincidente estar en prisión, purgar una condena estar libre estar en libertad bajo palabra de honor escapar de prisión poner un pleito tener las manos limpias, ser inocente coger a alguien con las manos en la masa los delitos no benefician a nadie robo a mano armada a sangre fría atrapar a un ladrón estar sobre aviso, estar en alerta

185

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson eleven 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to have a night out to make a day of something to have a good time / to have a great time to go out on the town to wear one’s sunday best a blind date to throw a party to be the life and soul of the party hard drinks to be high thin beer to stand someone a drink to go dutch to feel like doing something to be keen on

Lesson twelve 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

ENTERTAINMENT salir por la noche pasárselo bien todo el día divertirse de lo lindo, pasárselo a tope salir una noche de marcha vestirse de gala una cita a ciegas dar una fiesta ser el alma de la fiesta bebidas alcohólicas estar drogado, estar colocado cerveza ligera invitar a alguien a un trago pagar cada uno lo suyo apetecer hacer algo gustar

HOLIDAY / TRAVEL

a package holiday a coach party to sleep in the open to travel light to be on the road to hit the road to make a trip through the country / to go on a round trip through the country to break the journey to travel through / to travel non-stop to cross a border to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike to get itchy feet to go on a guided tour to do a sight-seeing tour to take a shortcut

paquete de vacaciones, viaje organizado grupo organizado dormir al aire libre viajar con poco equipaje ponerse en camino salir en coche, tirar millas hacer un viaje por todo el país hacer una parada en el camino viajar sin parar cruzar una frontera hacer autoestop tener ansias de viajar ir con guía turístico hacer una excursion turística tomar un atajo, tirar por un atajo

Lesson thirteen FAMILY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

a grass widow a henpecked husband to wear the trousers an old maid to lead a woman to the altar a confirmed bachelor to have an affair flesh and blood to run the streets (of children) to play truant to be the black sheep of the family to follow in someone’s footsteps the generation gap

mujer cuyo marido está ausente calzonazos llevar los pantalones, mandar una solterona llevar a una mujer al altar un solterón empedernido tener una aventura amorosa carne y hueso,la familia correr por las calles hacer novillos ser la oveja negra de la familia seguir los pasos de alguien brecha generacional

186

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

14. to be born with a silver spoon in one’s mouth 15. blue blood

PART TWO

nacer en una cuna de oro, nacer con un pan debajo del brazo sangre azul

DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS

Lesson fourteen ANIMALS 1. 2. 3.

to kill two birds with one stone to take the bull by the horns to have butterflies in one’s stomach

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

to let the cat out of the bag to go to the dogs to let sleeping dogs lie to have other fish to fry to take the lion’s share to buy a pig in a poke to smell a rat to cook someone’s goose to have a bee in one’s bonnet

13. to rain cats and dogs 14. to go at a snail’s pace 15. to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing

Lesson fifteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

matar dos pájaros de un tiro coger el toro por los cuernos tener un cosquilleo en el estómago ( por los nervios) revelar un secreto, chivarse de algo echarse a perder, descarriarse dejar las cosas como están, no avivar el fuego tener algo mejor que hacer llevarse la mejor tajada comprar a ciegas darse cuenta que hay gato encerrado arruinar las posibilidades de alguien tener una cosa metida en la cabeza, estar obsesionado con una sola idea llover a cántaros ir lento como una tortuga ser un lobo con piel de oveja

PARTS OF THE BODY

to do something behind someone’s back to make no bones about something to get something off one’s chest to be all ears to be an eye-opener to have an eye for something to have something at one’s fingertips to make one’s hair stand on end to learn something by heart to pull someone’s leg to have something on the tip of one’s tongue to stick one’s neck out to be getting out of hand to split hairs

15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder

Lesson sixteen

hacer algo a espaldas de alguien ir directo al grano, no vacilar en hacer algo desahogarse ser todo oídos ser muy revelador tener buen ojo para algo tener algo en la mano ponérsele a uno el pelo de punta aprender algo de memoria tomar el pelo a alguien tener algo en la punta de la lengua arriesgarse estar fuera de control ser un tiquismiquis, discutir sobre detalles mínimos guardar rencor

COLOURS

1.

to beat somebody black and blue

2. 3. 4.

to feel blue to have green fingers to be green

poner a alguien morado, dar a alguien una paliza sertirse deprimido tener habilidad para la jardinería estar verde, sin experiencia

187

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be in the red to be in the black a blackout out of the blue a white lie white coffee to see something through rose-coloured to paint the town red to see the red light to put out the red carpet (for someone) a red herring

estar en números rojos, deber dinero ganar dinero, hacer pasta desmayo, un apagón (de luz) como llovido del cielo, por sorpresa una mentira piadosa café con leche ver algo de color de rosa irse de juerga ver el peligro dar a alguien la bienvenida con honores cambiar de tema, algo que distrae del tema que se discute

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

as bold as a lion as brittle as glass as busy as a bee as changeable as the weather as cool as a cucumber as cunning as a fox as different as chalk and cheese as easy as abc as fit as a fiddle as firm as a rock as good as gold as light as a feather as like as two peas in a pod as poor as a church mouse

15. as quick as lightning

Lesson eighteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

odds and ends give and take part and parcel to go to rack and ruin to be prim and proper to be rough and ready to pick and choose

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

leaps and bounds peace and quiet here and there on and off back and forth down and out up and down back to front

orgulloso como león frágil como la porcelana ocupadísimo, muy metido en el trabajo cambiante como el tiempo tan pancho, tan fresco astuto como un zorro se parecen como un huevo a una castaña tan fácil como que dos y dos son cuatro sano como una rosa firme como una roca buenísimo, un angelito ligero como una pluma parecidos como dos gotas de agua más pobre que uno que se está bañando, no tiene dónde caerse muerto rápido como un rayo

BINOMINALS puntas y cabos, restos toma y daca, concesiones mutuas la parte esencial, la parte integral echarse a perder, arruinarse de comportamiento impecable, correcto y formal provisional, por encima (datos, cifras, etc..) seleccionar de un abanico grande de posibilidades a pasos agigantados paz y tranquilidad aquí y allá de vez en cuando de acá para allá derrotado, pobrecito de arriba a abajo al revés

188

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 1.

How come?

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

How’s that? So what? What’s up? What of it? What if…? Come on! No way! / In no way! It’s (That’s) too bad! Time’s up. Time flies. Take it easy. So long! Go ahead! Never mind! Cheers! And so on / forth. It’s no good. Good heavens! Bless you!

Lesson twenty

¿Por qué? / ¿Cómo es eso? / ¿Cómo pasó?/ ¿Y eso? ¿Por qué? ¿Y qué? ¿Qué más da? ¿Qué pasa? ¿Que hay de nuevo? ¿Qué ocurre? ¿Y qué? ¿Qué tal si…? / ¿Qué pasa si…? ¡VENGA! De ninguna manera, de ningún modo. ¡Qué pena!, ¡Es una lástima! Se acabó el tiempo. El tiempo vuela. Cálmate, tranquil. ¡Hasta luego! ¡Adelante! No te preocupes. No importa. ¡Salud! Etcétera / Y así sucesivamente. Es inútil, no tiene sentido. ¡Santo cielo! ¡Jesús!

PROVERBS

Actions speak louder than words. All’s well that ends well. All that glitters is not gold. A bad workman always blames his tools. Barking dogs seldom bite. Better late than never. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Don’t put the cart before the horse. The early bird catches the worm. Honesty is the best policy. It’s no use crying over spilt milk. It never rains but it pours. Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the iron is hot. Necessity is the mother of invention. No gain without pain. No news is good news. Practice makes perfect. The road to hell is paved with good intentions. Rome was not built in a day. Too many cooks spoil the broth. You can’t have your cake and eat it

Obras son amores y no buenas razones Bien está lo que bien acaba No es oro todo lo que reluce Un mal trabajador siempre culpa sus herramientas Perro ladrador, poco mordedor Más vale tarde que nunca Más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando No te adelantes antes que haya terminado No pongas todos los huevos en la misma cesta Todo a su debido tiempo Al que madruga, Dios le ayuda La honradez es la mejor política. Hay que ir siempre con la verdad por delante Lo hecho, hecho está. A lo hecho pecho Las penas vienen en cadena. Todo lo malo siempre viene junto Aprovecha la oportunidad. Carpe diem La necesidad es la madre de los inventos Quien no arriesga, no gana Ningunas noticias son buenas noticias La práctica hace al maestro Las buenas intenciones no bastan Zamora no se ganó en un día Muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato. No puedes estar en misa y repicando.

189

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Russian / Словарик PART ONE

IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS

Lesson one

BUSINESS AND MONEY

1.

бизнес приносит прибыль / убытки

13. to make a living 14. to be well-off 15. to tighten one’s belt

финансы находятся в хорошем / плохом состоянии рынок падающих цен вложить капитал в бизнес заключить сделку нечистые действия компаньон, не участвующий в ведении дел поглощение (например, фирмы) объявить банкротство зарабатывать деньги получить большие деньги быть наемным работником с еженедельным / ежемесячным окладом зарабатывать на жизнь быть состоятельным затянуть потуже пояс

a business runs at a profit / a business runs at a loss 2. finances are in good shape / finances are in bad shape 3. a falling market 4. to put money into business 5. to close a deal / to close a bargain 6. sharp practices 7. a sleeping partner 8. a take over 9. to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt 10. to make money 11. to be in the money 12. to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner

Lesson two

WORK

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

to get down to business to roll one’s sleeves up to be on business to work in the field a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker

6.

to be on duty / to be off duty

7. 8. 9.

to do overtime / to work overtime to be on piece work to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be on nights) to be on call to fire somebody to give somebody the sack / to get the sack to go on the dole to go on strike a blackleg

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Lesson three 1. 2. 3.

to be on time to be behind time to take one’s time

взяться за работу засучить рукава заниматься бизнесом работать на месте; на выезде "белый воротничок"; офисный работник / "синий воротничок"; рабочий быть при исполнении обязанностей; дежурить / быть вне службы работать сверхурочно работать сдельно работать в смены работать по вызову; дежурить уволить кого-либо уволить кого-либо / быть уволенным получать пособие по безработице бастовать штрейкбрехер

TIME успевать опаздывать не спешить

190

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

4. 5. 6.

to do sth at the last minute to do sth on the spur of the moment to be up-to-date / out-of-date

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

it’s high time to have a minute at any moment every now and then once in a blue moon once in a while a night-bird an early bird to kill time

Lesson four

CONVERSATION

1.

to talk at cross purposes

2. 3. 4.

to get hold of the wrong end of the stick to get a word in edgeways to talk behind somebody’s back

5. 6. 7. 8.

to give somebody a talking-to to put it in a nutshell to be long-winded to speak one’s mind

9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to talk rubbish to talk sense to take the hint to take something into account to cut a long story short to beat about the bush to have a word with somebody

Lesson five

говорить на разных языках (перен.); не понимать друг друга превратно истолковать что-либо ввернуть словечко говорить за чьей-либо спиной; злословить на чей-либо счет выговаривать; сделать выговор резюмировать все сказанное; вкратце быть многословным, многоречивым, нудным говорить откровенно; открыто высказываться нести чушь, чепуху говорить по существу, дельно понять намек принять что-либо во внимание; учесть короче говоря говорить обиняками; ходить вокруг да около поговорить с кем-либо

DISCUSSION

1. 2. 3.

an open question a storm in a teacup to cross swords

4. 5. 6.

to drop the subject to change one’s mind to bear something in mind

7. 8.

to make up one’s mind to take something for granted

9.

to come to the point / to get to the point / to reach the point to fail to see the point / to miss the point to get the point / to see the point to make one’s point to hold one’s tongue

10. 11. 12. 13.

сделать что-либо в последнюю минуту сделать что-либо в порыве, без раздумий содержать или обладать новейшими данными / содержать устаревшие данные самое время для чего-либо посвятить минуту в любой момент время от времени очень редко изредка полуночник; "сова" ранняя пташка; "жаворонок" убить время

нерешенный, открытый вопрос буря в стакане воды скрестить мечи, шпаги; схлестнуться (в споре) оставить тему передумать иметь что-либо в виду; принимать во внимание принять решение принять на веру; считать само собой разумеющимся дойти до сути дела; говорить по существу не понять сути понять смысл изложить свою точку зрения держать язык за зубами

191

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

to have the last word in a way / in some ways all in all for one thing to be out of place to be out of the question

20. to wrap up the discussion

Lesson six

сказать последнее слово в некотором роде; в некоторой степени в целом; в итоге во-первых, прежде всего быть неуместным это исключено; об этом не может быть и речи завершить дискуссию

PROBLEMS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

to stir things up to pour oil on troubled waters to lay one’s cards on the table to get to the bottom of things to get a grasp to see a light at the end of the tunnel to sweep under the carpet to be in a fix to be at a crossroads to find a happy medium to skate on thin ice

12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

to put oneself in someone else’s shoes to take something to heart to keep a straight face to burn one’s fingers to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges

17. 18. 19. 20.

to get into hot water / to get into a mess to mind your own business to see daylight to face the music

Lesson seven

заварить кашу успокаивать волнение; умерять страсти открывать свои карты добраться до сути чего-либо постичь видеть свет в конце туннеля замалчивать оказаться в тупике, в затруднении быть на перепутье найти золотую середину ходить по краю пропасти; находиться в шатком положении побывать в чьей-либо шкуре принимать что-либо близко к сердцу сохранять серьезность, невозмутимый вид обжечься на чем-либо сжигать свои корабли / сжигать свои мосты попасть в переплет, вляпаться в историю не вмешиваться в чужие дела постичь; найти выход из положения пожинать плоды; расхлебывать кашу; нести ответственность

BEHAVIOUR

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

to be out of one’s mind to be as thick as thieves to blow one’s own trumpet to go one’s own way to be a bull in a china shop to be a snake in the grass to drive someone mad

8. 9. 10. 11.

to lose one’s temper to lose one’s head to lose one’s tongue to keep one’s chin up

12. 13. 14. 15.

to play the fool to show one’s teeth to get on someone’s nerves to hit below the belt

быть не в своем уме закадычные друзья; водой не разольешь бахвалиться; нахваливать себя; хвастаться идти своей дорогой; идти своим путем быть как слон в посудной лавке быть змеей подколодной сводить кого-либо с ума; доводить до безумия выйти из себя; потерять самообладание потерять голову проглотить язык не вешать носа; не унывать; не падать духом валять дурака; паясничать показывать когти; огрызаться играть на нервах у кого-либо нанести удар ниже пояса

192

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson eight

FEELINGS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

to be on cloud nine to be in high spirits to be in seventh heaven to be at ease to be in a black mood to have something on one’s mind to be able to eat a horse to be shaking in one’s shoes to jump out of one’s skin

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to be like a fish out of water to be on edge to be on tenterhooks to be over the moon to see red to be full of beans

Lesson nine

HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

not to look one’s age to look young for one’s years to be getting on in years to be in the autumn of one’s life to be in good health / to be in good shape to be in poor health / to be in poor shape

7.

to feel under the weather / to look a bit under the weather to be off colour to look run-down to catch a disease to be on one’s last legs to be on one’s deathbed to have one foot in the grave to kick the bucket to die before one’s time

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Lesson ten

быть на седьмом небе быть в приподнятом настроении быть на седьмом небе чувствовать себя непринужденно быть подавленным, в плохом настроении беспокоиться о чем-либо быть голодным как волк дрожать от страха быть вне себя (от радости, удивления и т. п.); подпрыгнуть на месте чувствовать себя не в своей тарелке волноваться; нервничать сидеть как на углях быть наверху блаженства обезуметь; прийти в ярость быть энергичным, жизнерадостным

не выглядеть на свои годы хорошо сохраниться не первой молодости быть в пожилом возрасте быть в добром здравии / в хорошей форме иметь слабое здоровье / быть в плохой форме хандрить, неважно себя чувствовать иметь нездоровый вид выглядеть устало подхватить болезнь быть на последнем издыхании быть на смертном ложе стоять одной ногой в могиле сыграть в ящик безвременно скончаться

CRIME

1. 2.

to come to a bad end a capital offence / a capital crime

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

a jail bird to serve time / to do time to be at large to be on parole to break prison to go to law to have clean hands to catch someone red-handed

плохо кончить тяжкое преступление; преступление, наказуемое смертной казнью рецидивист отбывать срок наказания; сидеть быть на свободе быть на условно-досрочном освобождении бежать из тюрьмы обращаться в суд; подавать иск быть честным, быть невиновным захватить с поличным; поймать на месте преступления

193

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

crime doesn’t pay daylight robbery in cold blood to set a thief / to catch a thief to be on the alert

Lesson eleven 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

ENTERTAINMENT

to have a night out to make a day of something to have a good time / to have a great time to go out on the town to wear one’s sunday best a blind date to throw a party to be the life and soul of the party hard drinks to be high thin beer to stand someone a drink to go dutch to feel like doing something to be keen on

Lesson twelve

прокутить всю ночь провести весь день на одном развлечении приятно провести время развлекаться в городе надеть праздничную одежду свидание вслепую закатить вечеринку быть душой компании крепкие напитки быть навеселе, торчать слабое пиво поставить кому-либо стаканчик; угостить платить за себя; устроить складчину иметь желание сделать что-либо любить; увлекаться

HOLIDAY / TRAVEL

1.

a package holiday

2. 3.

a coach party to sleep in the open

4. 5. 6. 7.

to travel light to be on the road to hit the road to make a trip through the country / to go on a round trip through the country to break the journey to travel through / to travel non-stop to cross a border to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike to get itchy feet to go on a guided tour to do a sight-seeing tour to take a shortcut

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

преступление не окупается грабеж средь бела дня хладнокровно поймать вора быть наготове, настороже; быть бдительным

комплексное турне; отдых с полным комплексом услуг организованная группа спать на открытом воздухе, под открытым небом путешествовать налегке совершать турне; быть в пути отправиться в путь проехать по всей стране прервать путешествие путешествовать без остановки пересекать границу путешествовать на попутных машинах испытывать тягу к путешествию участвовать в организованной экскурсии экскурсия по городу избрать кратчайший путь; срезать

Lesson thirteen FAMILY 1. 2. 3.

a grass widow a henpecked husband to wear the trousers

4. 5.

an old maid to lead a woman to the altar

соломенная вдова подкаблучник верховодить в семье; быть главным (дословно - носить брюки) старая дева вести женщину к алтарю; жениться

194

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

a confirmed bachelor to have an affair flesh and blood to run the streets (of children) to play truant to be the black sheep of the family to follow in someone’s footsteps the generation gap to be born with a silver spoon in one’s mouth 15. blue blood

PART TWO

убежденный холостяк иметь роман плоть и кровь бегать по улицам без надзора (о детях) прогуливать быть паршивой овцой в семье, отщепенцем идти по чьим-либо стопам конфликт поколений родиться в рубашке голубая кровь; белая кость; аристократическое происхождение

DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS

Lesson fourteen ANIMALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

to kill two birds with one stone to take the bull by the horns to have butterflies in one’s stomach to let the cat out of the bag to go to the dogs to let sleeping dogs lie

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

to have other fish to fry to take the lion’s share to buy a pig in a poke to smell a rat to cook someone’s goose to have a bee in one’s bonnet to rain cats and dogs to go at a snail’s pace to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing

Lesson fifteen

убить двух зайцев взять быка за рога сосать под ложечкой выболтать секрет; проговориться пойти псу под хвост; идти к чертям не будить лихо, пока спит тихо, не касаться неприятных вопросов иметь дела поважнее взять львиную долю купить кота в мешке чуять неладное разрушить чьи-то планы быть помешанным на чем-либо лить как из ведра двигаться с черепашьей скоростью быть волком в овечьей шкуре

PARTS OF THE BODY

1. 2. 3.

to do something behind someone’s back to make no bones about something to get something off one’s chest

4. 5.

to be all ears to be an eye-opener

6.

to have an eye for something

7. 8. 9. 10.

to have something at one’s fingertips to make one’s hair stand on end to learn something by heart to pull someone’s leg

11. to have something on the tip of one’s tongue

делать что-то за чьей-то спиной называть вещи своими именами облегчить душу; чистосердечно признаться в чем-либо обратиться в слух открыть кому-либо глаза; быть сенсацией, откровением, разочарованием внимательно следить за чем-либо; держать ухо востро; смотреть в оба съесть собаку на чем-либо испугать так, что волосы встанут дыбом выучить что-либо наизусть вешать кому-либо лапшу на уши, пудрить мозги вертеться на языке; иметь на кончике языка

195

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

12. to stick one’s neck out 13. to be getting out of hand 14. to split hairs 15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder

Lesson sixteen

высовываться; лезть на рожон; ставить себя под удар отбиться от рук придираться, вдаваться в тонкости, спорить по пустякам, "ловить блох" быть чрезмерно чувствительным насчет чего-либо

COLOURS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

to beat somebody black and blue to feel blue to have green fingers to be green to be in the red to be in the black a blackout out of the blue a white lie white coffee to see something through rose-coloured

12. 13. 14. 15.

to paint the town red to see the red light to put out the red carpet (for someone) a red herring

живого места не оставить быть подавленным уметь разводить растения быть наивным, неопытным быть должником быть платежеспособным провал памяти; временная потеря сознания как гром среди ясного неба безобидная ложь кофе с молоком видеть что-либо в розовом свете; смотреть на что-либо сквозь розовые очки загулять в городе предчувствовать приближение опасности принять кого-либо с почетом ложный маневр; "копченая селедка"; вопрос, уводящий в сторону от главной темы

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

as bold as a lion as brittle as glass as busy as a bee as changeable as the weather as cool as a cucumber as cunning as a fox as different as chalk and cheese as easy as abc as fit as a fiddle as firm as a rock as good as gold as light as a feather as like as two peas in a pod as poor as a church mouse as quick as lightning

Lesson eighteen 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

odds and ends give and take part and parcel to go to rack and ruin to be prim and proper

храбрый как лев хрупкий как стекло трудолюбивый как пчела изменчивый как погода невозмутимый; хладнокровный хитрый как лиса ничего общего простой как дважды два как огурчик твердый как скала золото, а не человек (ребенок) легкий как перышко похожи как две капли воды бедный как церковная мышь быстрый как молния

BINOMINALS всякая всячина, остатки компромисс; взаимные уступки неотъемлемая часть обветшать; развалиться официальный

196

Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

to be rough and ready to pick and choose leaps and bounds peace and quiet here and there on and off back and forth down and out

14. up and down 15. back to front

сделанный кое-как быть разборчивым; иметь большой выбор семимильными шагами; скачками тишь да гладь; тишина и покой изредка; там и сям; везде и повсюду время от времени, периодически туда и сюда; туда и обратно бедняк; нищий; опустившийся человек; разоренный; потерявший все полностью; туда и сюда шиворот-навыворот; задом наперед

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

How come? How’s that? So what? What’s up? What of it? What if…? Come on! No way! / In no way! It’s (That’s) too bad! Time’s up. Time flies. Take it easy.

13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

So long! Go ahead! Never mind! Cheers! And so on / forth. It’s no good. Good heavens! Bless you!

Lesson twenty

Как же так? Как это вышло? Как так получилось? Почему? Ну и что? Как дела? Что слышно? Что из того? Что, если...? Давай! Ну! Живей! Да ладно тебе! Ни в коем случае. Вот беда! Очень жаль. срок истек; время вышло время бежит не бери в голову; не принимай близко к сердцу; относись спокойно; расслабься; смотри на вещи проще! Пока! До свидания! Начинай! Продолжай! не обращайте внимания; ничего; пустяки На здоровье! Будь здоров! и так далее; и тому подобное бесполезно; нет смысла Боже мой! мать честная! Будьте здоровы!

PROVERBS

Actions speak louder than words. All’s well that ends well. All that glitters is not gold. A bad workman always blames his tools. Barking dogs seldom bite. Better late than never. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Don’t put the cart before the horse. The early bird catches the worm.

Не по словам судят, а по делам. Все хорошо, что хорошо кончается. Не всё то золото, что блестит. У плохого мастера и пила плохая; плохой работник с инструментами не в ладу. Брехливые собаки не кусаются. Лучше поздно, чем никогда. Лучше синица в руках, чем журавль в небе. Не дели шкуру не убитого медведя. На один гвоздь всего не вешай; не ставь всего на одну карту. Не ставь телегу впереди лошади. Ранняя пташка носок прочищает, а поздняя глазки продирает; кто рано встаёт, тому бог даёт.

197

Honesty is the best policy. It’s no use crying over spilt milk. It never rains but it pours. Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the iron is hot. Necessity is the mother of invention. No gain without pain. No news is good news. Practice makes perfect. The road to hell is paved with good intentions. Rome was not built in a day. Too many cooks spoil the broth. You can’t have your cake and eat it

Честность - лучшая политика. Слезами горю не поможешь; снявши голову, по волосам не плачут. Лиха беда начало; несчастья ходят парами. Куй железо, пока горячо; коси коса, пока роса. Необходимость - мать изобретательности; голь на выдумки хитра; нужда всему научит. Без труда не вынешь и рыбку из пруда; волков бояться - в лес не ходить. Отсутствие вестей - хорошая весть. Навык мастера ставит; повторение - мать ученья. благими намерениями вымощена дорога в ад. Москва не сразу строилась. У семи нянек дитя без глазу. Нельзя иметь и то и другое; приходится выбирать одно из двух.

198

English Vocabulary 4. Phrasal Verbs in Situations Lesson one

Phrasal verbs with OUT ♪1

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ finishing or stopping to run out (of supplies, time) to cut out (of a motor) to put out (a fire, a light) to turn sb out to go out (of a fire, a light) to work out (an answer)

to have no more to stop suddenly to cause to stop burning to force to leave, to send away to stop burning or shining to find by reasoning or calculating

■ performing or fulfilling to carry out (an action, a duty)

to perform or complete

■ spreading to give out to spread out

to distribute to cover or include a greater area

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪2

A rescue action was carried out with difficulty when an old barn caught fire in a small village near Norfolk. The problems started when one of the two fire engines ran out of petrol on the way to the farm and the engine cut out 200 metres from the burning building. Moreover, the foam had been given out to the firemen on the previous day and they didn’t have enough to fight the fire. The time was running out by the time the firemen worked out what to do but in spite of all difficulties they put the fire out. However, after the action their chief was turned out. He lost his job as he had failed to carry out his duties properly. Actually, if the fire hadn’t gone out in time, it would have spread out and the whole farm would have been burnt to the ground. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪3

A rescue action was carried out with difficulty. The two fire engines ran out of petrol on the way to the farm. The engine cut out 200 metres from the burning building. The foam had been given out to the firemen. 199

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

-

The time was running out. The firemen worked out what to do and put the fire out. After the action their chief was turned out. He failed to carry out his duties properly. The fire went out in time and it didn’t spread out.

Exercise four Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

What did the fire brigade do when the old barn caught fire? …. They carried out a rescue action.

-

Why did the fire engine stop? … Because it ran out of fuel.

-

How far from the burning building did it stop? …. The engine cut out 200 metres away from the fire.

-

Why didn’t the firemen have enough foam? …. Because it had been given out on the previous day.

-

Did they have enough time? … No, the time was running out.

-

Did they stop the fire in spite of all difficulties? … Yes, they finally put it out.

-

Who was fired after the action? … The chief was turned out.

-

Why did he lose his job? …. Because he didn’t carry out his duties.

-

Did the fire stop in time? … Yes, it went out in time.

-

Did the fire reach the whole farm? … No, it didn’t spread out.

♪4

200

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson two

Phrasal verbs with OUT ♪5

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ starting, appearing to turn out to come out to set out to break out (of a war, a fight) to bring out (a product)

to gather for a meeting, a public event to appear to begin a journey to begin to introduce for sale

■ making known to give out (a date, news) to turn out to put out (a statement, a warning) to come out (of the truth) to find out

to announce to happen to be in the end to produce, broadcast or print; to issue to become clear or publicly known to discover

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪6

A lot of people turned out at the Olympic Stadium to watch the Football League match where many famous football stars came out to play every season. So when the date of the final match was given out by the Football Union, the spectators set out early in the morning to get the tickets. However, because of the great interest in the match it soon turned out that there were no tickets left. On the day of the Final, all the supporters were very excited. But when their team lost the match, street fights broke out. Consequently, the authorities put out a statement that all participants of the riots would be severely punished. A few months before, a new security system had been brought out on the market and then the authorities had decided to install it at the stadium. Thus, soon after watching the tapes the whole truth about the fights came out and the police quickly found out the vandals’ names. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪7

A lot of people turned out at the Olympic Stadium. Many famous football stars came out to play every season. The date of the final match was given out by the Football Union. The spectators set out early in the morning to get the tickets. It soon turned out that there were no tickets left. After the match street fights broke out. 201

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

-

Consequently, the authorities put out a statement. A new security system was brought out on the market. The whole truth about the fights came out. The police quickly found out the vandals’ names.

Exercise four Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

Where did the people come to watch the Football League match? …. They turned out at the Olympic Stadium.

-

How often did the football stars appear? … They came out to play every season.

-

Who announced the date of the Final? … It was given out by the Football Union.

-

Why did the spectators leave early in the morning? … They set out early to buy the tickets.

-

What soon appeared? … It turned out that there were no tickets left.

-

What started after the Final? …. Street fights broke out.

-

What did the authorities broadcast then? …. They put out a statement.

-

What system had been introduced on the market a few months before? …. A new security system had been brought out.

-

Did they know the truth about the participants soon? …. Yes, it came out very quickly.

-

What did the police discover? … They found out the vandals’ names.

♪8

202

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson three Phrasal verbs with OFF ♪9

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ disconnecting or not working properly to go off to give off (a smell, gas) to break off (of a part) to cut off

to stop operating to emit to become separated from to disconnect or discontinue

■ leaving to take off to set off to see sb off to take off (of a plane)

to have a holiday from work to begin a journey to go to an airport, a station with someone who is beginning a journey to leave the ground and rise

■ discouraging or stopping to put sb off to wear off (of a feeling)

to discourage to become less strong or to be reduced until it disappears

■ completing successfully to come off (of a plan) to carry off (a part, an action, a duty) Exercise two Listen to the text.

to succeed to perform easily and successfully

♪10

After long and nervous negotiations with one of her most demanding clients, Ann decided she needed to rest and take off for a few days somewhere. Her boss tried to put her off this idea because there was a lot of work to do as usual but Ann didn’t want to change her mind. She set off for a three-day trip to a Pacific island the next day. Her flatmate saw her off at the airport to wave goodbye and wish her a pleasant journey. When the plane took off, she felt very relaxed and she was sure her holiday was going to come off as planned. However, after a few hours, due to some failure of the electrical system, one of the engines was cut off, and the lights went off in the passenger cabin. To make it worse, after a few minutes the electric wires started to give off a smell of burning plastic and everybody began to panic. As a result, they had to land on the nearest island, hoping that the captain would be able to carry the landing off successfully. While landing, one of the wings almost broke off and the radio system went off completely so it seemed that they would be cut off on this small island longer than she had expected. Having realised that, Ann’s enthusiasm for spending her holiday away from home completely wore off. 203

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪11

Ann decided she needed to rest and take off for a few days. Her boss tried to put her off this idea. She set off for a three-day trip to a Pacific island. Her flatmate saw her off at the airport to wave goodbye. When the plane took off, she felt very relaxed. Her holiday was going to come off as planned. One of the engines was cut off. The lights went off in the passenger cabin. The electric wires started to give off a smell of burning plastic. The captain was able to carry the landing off successfully. One of the wings almost broke off. The radio system went off completely. They were cut off on this small island. Ann’s enthusiasm for spending her holiday away from home completely wore off.

Exercise four ♪12 Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

Did Ann decide to have a long or short holiday after the negotiations? …. She decided to take a few days off.

-

Why did her boss try to discourage her? …. He tried to put her off because there was a lot of work to do.

-

When did she start her journey? …. She set off the next day.

-

Who went with Ann to the airport to wish her a pleasant journey? …. Her flatmate saw her off.

-

When did she feel relaxed? …. She felt relaxed when the plane took off.

-

What happened with one of the engines after a few hours? …. It was cut off.

204

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

-

What was the problem with the lights in the passenger cabin? …. They went off.

-

What smell did the electric wires emit? …. They gave off a smell of burning plastic.

-

Did they manage to land? …. Yes, the captain carried off the landing successfully.

-

What happened with the wing during the landing? …. It almost broke off.

-

Did they have any radio contact with air traffic control? …. No, the radio system went off completely and they were cut off.

-

Was Ann still enthusiastic about spending her holiday away from home? …. No, her enthusiasm wore off.

205

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson four Phrasal verbs with THROUGH ♪13

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ overcoming difficulty or danger to break through to get through (a test, an exam) to go through (sth unpleasant) to carry sth through to come through (an operation) to bring sb through

to make a new advance or discovery to come successfully to the end of to experience, to endure to bring to a successful end to survive to save someone who is ill

■ quick repetition, revision or checking to look through to come through (of news, results)

to examine, to study to become publicly known

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪14

When I was looking through the morning paper yesterday, I noticed that some astonishing news had just come through. The scientists had broken through in their search for a cure for bone cancer. They managed to get through the clinical tests and although they encountered some problems with the registration they hoped to carry it through in spite of difficulties. Another interesting story was about a young girl who luckily came through a very difficult operation after losing a lot of blood in an accident. A five-year old girl went through some painful tests and everybody admired her bravery. Although the chances of her recovery were not very great, the doctors managed to bring her through after the long and exhausting operation. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪15

I was looking through the morning paper yesterday. Some astonishing news had just come through. The scientists had broken through in their search. They managed to get through the clinical tests. They hoped to carry through the registration of the cure. A young girl luckily came through a very difficult operation. She went through some painful tests. The doctors managed to bring her through after the operation.

206

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

What did he read quickly in the morning? … He looked through the morning paper.

-

What news had just become known? …. The news about a cure for cancer had just come through.

-

Did the scientists achieve success in their search? …. Yes, they broke through in their search.

-

What did they finish? …. They got through the clinical tests.

-

Did they complete the registration of the cure? … No, but they hoped to carry it through.

-

Did the girl survive the operation after the accident? …. Yes, she came through the operation luckily.

-

Why did everybody admire her bravery? …. Because she went through some painful tests.

-

Did the doctors manage to save the girl? …. They brought her through the operation.

♪16

207

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson five

Phrasal verbs with INTO ♪17

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ unexpected changes to grow into to come into (a fortune) to get into sb to run into sb to run into sth to turn into

to become as a result of growing to inherit to influence someone so as make them act strangely to meet unexpectedly to get into an unpleasant or difficult situation to change into

■ intentional forceful behaviour to break into

to enter by force

■ careful consideration to look into (evidence)

to investigate

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪18

Mr Lucky grew into a fine young man. Moreover, he became very rich when he came into quite a big fortune from his grandmother. Everybody admired him when one day something bad got into him. He decided to break into his neighbours’ house. Unfortunately, when leaving the house with some pretty valuable jewels he ran into a policeman outside the back door and in fact he ran into trouble. He was arrested and when the police looked into the evidence carefully he was accused of burglary. As a result, instead of being a millionaire Mr Lucky turned into an unlucky criminal. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪19

Mr Lucky grew into a fine young man. He came into quite a big fortune from his grandmother. One day something bad got into him. He decided to break into his neighbours’ house, He ran into a policeman outside the back door. In fact he ran into trouble. The police looked into the evidence carefully. Mr Lucky turned into an unlucky criminal.

208

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

What kind of man did Mr Lucky become? … He grew into a fine, young man.

-

Did he inherit a lot of money from his grandma? …. Yes, he came into a big fortune.

-

What made him act strangely one day? … Something bad got into him.

-

Where did he steal jewels from? …. He broke into his neighbours’ house.

-

Whom did he meet unexpectedly when leaving the house? … He ran into a policeman.

-

What did the police examine carefully? … They looked into the evidence.

-

Who did Mr Lucky change into? ….. He turned into an unlucky criminal.

♪20

209

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson six

Phrasal verbs with OVER ♪21

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ finishing to turn sth over to sb to take over (a business) to be over to come over (of a feeling)

to give the control or conduct of sth to somebody to gain control over sth to be finished to take possession of

■ overcoming difficulties to get over (a difficulty)

to overcome

■ reviewing or checking to look over to go over

to examine esp. quickly to check

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪22

A sudden feeling of tiredness came over him after 40 years of hard work and he decided to turn over the family business to his sons. Some time ago a big company had threatened to take over his small business but he happily got over the difficulties in time and the danger was already over. For the last time in his life he looked over the documents on the desk, went over the latest accounts to check if everything was OK, and then left the office glad of the decision he had made. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪23

A sudden feeling of tiredness came over him. He decided to turn over the family business to his sons. A big company threatened to take over his small business. He happily got over the difficulties in time. The danger was already over. He looked over the documents on the desk. He went over the latest accounts.

210

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

What kind of feeling did he have after 40 years of hard work? … A feeling of tiredness came over him.

-

What did he decide to do with the family business? … He decided to turn it over to his sons.

-

Who had wanted to gain control over his company some time ago? …. A big company had threatened to take over his small business.

-

Did he manage to overcome the difficulties? …. Yes, he happily got over the difficulties in time.

-

Was the situation still dangerous? … No, the danger was already over.

-

What did he examine quickly before leaving the office? … He looked over the documents on the desk.

-

What did he check? …. He went over the latest accounts.

♪24

211

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson seven Phrasal verbs with UP ♪25

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ increasing to go up (of prices, numbers) to grow up

to rise, to increase to develop from being a child to being an adult

■ appearing or creating to work up (a feeling) to come up to draw up (a plan, a contract) to build up (a list) to look up (information) to turn up (of a problem) to come up with (a solution)

to develop to appear to prepare and usually put into written form to increase or become gradually larger to find information in a book to happen, esp. unexpectedly to think of

■ starting to set up (a business) to take up (a hobby)

to establish to interest oneself in sth

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪26

As the prices of fruit had gone up enormously in the last months, they decided to set up a profitable business. They worked up a lot of enthusiasm for the idea when all the promising numbers came up in the conversation. They drew up a plan of distribution, built up a list of possible contacts and looked up all the necessary information in the books. Everything seemed easy when an unexpected problem turned up. According to the law you have to be a grown-up to have a business in this country. As they were still too young and could not come up with any solution for the time being, they were advised to take up a hobby instead.

Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪27

The prices of fruit went up enormously in the last months. They decided to set up a profitable business. They worked up a lot of enthusiasm for the idea. The promising numbers came up in the conversation. They drew up a plan of distribution. They built up a list of possible contacts. They looked up all the necessary information in the books. 212

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

-

An unexpected problem turned up. You have to be a grown-up to have a business in this country. They could not come up with any solution. They were advised to take up a hobby instead.

Exercise four Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

What prices had risen enormously in the last months? … The prices of fruit had gone up.

-

Were they enthusiastic about the idea of starting a business? …. Yes, they worked up a lot of enthusiasm for it.

-

Did they decide to start a company? …. Yes, they wanted to set up a profitable business.

-

What plans did they design? …. They drew up a plan of distribution

-

What list did they prepare? …. They built up a list of possible contacts.

-

Where did they find all the necessary information? …. They looked it up in the books.

-

Did a problem appear suddenly? …. Yes, it turned up unexpectedly.

-

What does the law say about the age of people who want to have a business? …. They have to be grown up.

-

Could they think of any solution? …. No, they couldn’t come up with any idea.

-

What were they advised to do instead? …. They were advised to take up a hobby.

♪28

213

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson eight Phrasal verbs with UP ♪29

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ finishing or stopping to break up (of a relationship) to use up to bring up (children) to grow up (of children) to give up (a relationship) to end up

to stop being together to finish completely to educate and care for to develop from being a child to being an adult to finish to be in the end

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant to come up against (a problem, a difficulty) to meet, to encounter to be brave enough to accept or deal to face up to with sth to tolerate, to bear patiently to put up with to keep to the high standards of to live up to (expectations) Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪30

After twenty years, their marriage was about to break up. They had come up against many different problems in life but they had never shared responsibility together and so she had had to face up to all the difficulties alone. She had put up with his ignorance for years but she used up all her patience when he accused her of bringing up the children in the wrong way and said that her behaviour had never lived up to his expectations. Now that the children had grown up, nothing would stop her and she decided to give up. She hadn’t expected that after so many years together they would end up as complete strangers. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪31

Their marriage was about to break up. They came up against many different problems in life. She had to face up to all the difficulties alone. She put up with his ignorance for years. She used up all her patience. He accused her of bringing up the children in the wrong way. Her behaviour never lived up to his expectations. The children grew up. 214

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

-

She decided to give up. They ended up as complete strangers.

Exercise four -

Was their marriage about to come to an end? …. Yes, it was about to break up.

-

What problems did they encounter in life? …. They came up against different problems.

-

Who was responsible enough to deal with the problems? …. She faced up to all the problems alone.

-

Did she tolerate his ignorance? …. Yes, she put up with it for years.

-

Did she lose her patience completely? …. Yes, she used it up.

-

Who cared for the children? …. She brought them up.

-

Was her behaviour good enough for him? …. No, it had never lived up to his expectations.

-

Did their children become adults? …. Yes, they grew up.

-

Did she decide to stop the relationship? …. Yes, she decided to give up.

-

Who did they become to each other in the end? …. They ended up as complete strangers.

♪32

215

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson nine Phrasal verbs with DOWN ♪33

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ decreasing to calm down

to make or become calm

■ failing to satisfy to fall down (of a plan) to get sb down to let sb down to break down

to fail or be ineffective to depress to disappoint to lose control of one’s feelings

■ rejecting to turn down (a request, an offer)

to reject

■ criticizing to come down on sb to look down on sb to run sb down

to criticise, to punish or speak with severe disapproval to consider oneself superior to to say rude or unfair things about

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪34

When the client turned down the offer and the sales plan seemed to be falling down definitely at that moment, the situation started to get Rebecca down. This feeling of nervousness got even bigger when the manager came down on her criticising the methods of her work and claiming that the sales numbers had really let him down. Rebecca was about to break down completely when her friend explained that the manager was that kind of man who always looked down on people to show his superiority. He liked running others down and saying unfair things about their work simply to demonstrate his power. The moment Rebecca realised that, she managed to calm down and stopped worrying so much. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪35

The client turned down the offer. The sales plan seemed to be falling down definitely. The situation started to get Rebecca down. The manager came down on her criticising the methods of her work. The sales numbers had really let him down. 216

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

-

Rebecca was about to break down completely. The manager always looked down on people to show his superiority. He liked running others down. She managed to calm down and stopped worrying so much.

Exercise four -

What did the client reject? …. The client turned down the offer.

-

Did the sales plan seem to fail? … Yes, it seemed to be falling down definitely.

-

Did this nervous situation have a bad effect on Rebecca? …. Yes, the situation started to get her down.

-

Did the manager criticise the methods of her work? …. The manager came down on her.

-

What did he claim he was disappointed with? …. He claimed that the sales numbers had let him down.

-

Did she feel depressed? …. Yes, she was about to break down completely.

-

Did the manager feel superior to others? …. Yes, he always looked down on people.

-

Did the manager say unfair things about others’ work? …. Yes, he liked running people down.

-

Did Rebecca stop worrying so much after she talked with her friend? …. Yes, she managed to calm down.

♪36

217

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson ten

Phrasal verbs with AWAY ♪37

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ leaving or escaping to get away to go away to run away to be carried away

to manage to escape to leave a place to escape to be filled with a strong feeling or emotions

■ losing or not having any more to throw away to give away to fade away to turn away

to get rid of to give freely to disappear gradually to refuse to let in

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪38

A famous film star decided to get away from the city and bought a small farm in the country. She threw away all her unnecessary things, gave away her furniture to the poor and went away for good without leaving her new address. She was really carried away by the idea of a simple and happy life away from the centre. This feeling of excitement didn’t fade away even when the journalists appeared at the studio to ask some questions about her new life. She turned them away not even trying to have a word with them and when they tried to follow her to the new house she managed to run away in her Ferrari. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪39

A famous film star decided to get away from the city. She threw away all her unnecessary things. She gave away her furniture to the poor. She went away for good without leaving her new address. She was really carried away by the idea of a simple and happy life. This feeling of excitement didn’t fade away. She turned the journalists away. She managed to run away in her Ferrari.

218

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

Did a famous film star decide to escape from the city? …. Yes, she decided to get away.

-

What did she do with all her unnecessary things? …. She threw them away.

-

Who was given the furniture? …. She gave away the furniture to the poor.

-

Did she leave for a few days or for a longer period of time? …. She went away for good.

-

Was she excited with the idea of a simple and happy life? … Yes, she was carried away by this idea.

-

Did the feeling of excitement lessen when the journalists appear? … No, it didn’t fade away.

-

Did she have a word with them? …. No, she turned them away.

-

What did she do when they tried to follow her to the new house? …. She ran away in her Ferrari.

♪40

219

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson eleven

Phrasal verbs with ON ♪41

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ continuing to carry on to get on (well) with sb

to continue to have a friendly relationship

■ showing gradual changes to get on (of a person) to put on (weight) to grow on sb

to become old to increase in weight and grow fatter to become gradually more pleasing

■ starting to try on (clothes) to take on sb to bring sth on/upon sb Exercise two Listen to the text.

to put on a garment to see whether it fits and looks well to start to employ to cause sth unpleasant to happen to

♪42

When she had been young she was always slim and fit. However, as she was getting on she started to put on weight easily, which made her angry especially when she tried on new clothes in the shops. To do something about this, she decided to go on a special vegetable diet and take on a fitness instructor. They carried on exercising every day and it didn’t take long until these classes grew on her and she became gradually more and more pleased with the effects. As she got on well with the instructor they spent a lot of time together and soon they brought a lot of gossip on themselves. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪43

As she was getting on she started to put on weight easily. She tried on new clothes in the shops. She took on a fitness instructor. They carried on exercising every day. These classes grew on her and she became more and more pleased with the effects. She got on well with the instructor. Soon they brought a lot of gossip on themselves.

220

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four -

What did she gain easily as she was getting older? …. She put on weight as she was getting on.

-

When did she get angry about her weight? …. When she tried on new clothes in the shops.

-

Whom did she employ? …. She took on a fitness instructor.

-

What did they continue every day? …. They carried on exercising.

-

Did she start liking these classes soon? …. Yes, they soon grew on her.

-

Did they have a good relationship with the instructor? …. Yes, they got on well.

-

What did they cause by spending a lot of time together? …. They brought a lot of gossip on themselves.

♪44

221

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson twelve

Phrasal verbs with BACK ♪45

Exercise one Listen to the explanations.

■ recollecting to look back to bring back (memories) to come back to sb

to remember to cause to remember to return to the memory

■ returning to get back to go back to give back

to obtain again after a loss to return to a former place to return sth to its owner

■ delaying or withdrawing to take back to set sth back

to admit that one was wrong in what one said to delay the development of

Exercise two Listen to the text.

♪46

When I look back on my childhood I realise how happy we were at those times. All these old photographs and souvenirs bring back cheerful memories with no serious problems. It was easy to take back anything you said if you were wrong. It wasn’t even a problem to get your friends back after having fights and arguments as nobody treated them seriously. Nothing could really set your plans back if you didn’t want it to. If your attempt didn’t appear to be successful you could always go back and try again. If you needed something you didn’t possess you could easily borrow it and then give it back. And now when I think of these events and it all comes back to me, I feel very nostalgic. Exercise three Listen and repeat. -

♪47

When I look back on my childhood I realise how happy we were. All these old photographs bring back cheerful memories. It was easy to take back anything you said. It wasn’t even a problem to get your friends back after having fights. Nothing could really set your plans back. You could always go back and try again. You could easily borrow things and then give them back. And now when it all comes back to me, I feel very nostalgic.

222

Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. -

What do you remember as the happy time of your life? …. I look back on my childhood.

-

What memories do the old photos return to your mind? …. They bring back cheerful memories.

-

Was it easy to admit that you were wrong? …. Yes, it was easy to take everything back.

-

Was it a problem to become friends again after having arguments? … No, it wasn’t a problem to get them back.

-

Could anything delay or stop your plans? …. Nothing could set them back.

-

What could you do if your attempt didn’t appear to be successful? …. You could always go back and try again.

-

Did you return the possessions to their owners after borrowing them? …. Yes, you gave them back.

-

Do these events return to your memory? …. Yes, they come back to me.

♪48

223

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Glossaire Lesson one

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ finishing or stopping to run out (of supplies, time) to cut out (of a motor) to put out (a fire, a light) to turn sb out to go out (of a fire, a light) to work out (an answer)

to have no more to stop suddenly to cause to stop burning to force to leave, to send away to stop burning or shining to find by reasoning or calculating

être à court de s’arrêter éteindre licencier s’éteindre imaginer

to perform or complete

mener, remplir

to distribute to cover or include a greater area

distribuer s’étendre

■ performing or fulfilling to carry out (an action, a duty)

■ spreading to give out to spread out

Lesson two

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ starting, appearing to turn out to come out to set out to break out (of a war, a fight) to bring out (a product)

to gather for a meeting, a public event to appear to begin a journey to begin to introduce for sale

apparaître venir partir éclater sortir

■ making known to give out (a date, news) to turn out to put out (a statement, a warning) to come out (of the truth) to find out

Lesson three

to announce to happen to be in the end to produce, broadcast or print; to issue to become clear or publicly known to discover

annoncer, divulguer s’avérer, se révéler annoncer, émettre sortir découvrir

Phrasal verbs with OFF

■ disconnecting or not working properly to go off

to stop operating

to give off (a smell, gas) to break off (of a part) to cut off

to emit to become separated from to disconnect or discontinue

arrêter de fonctionner, s’éteindre émettre tomber couper

to have a holiday from work to begin a journey

prendre un congé partir en voyage

■ leaving to take off to set off

224

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to go to an airport, a station with someone who is beginning a journey to leave the ground and rise

to see sb off

to take off (of a plane)

(r)accompagner

décoller

■ discouraging or stopping to put sb off to wear off (of a feeling)

to discourage to become less strong or to be reduced until it disappears

décourager se terminer

to succeed to perform easily and successfully

réussir mener à bi

■ completing successfully to come off (of a plan) to carry off (a part, an action, a duty)

Lesson four

Phrasal verbs with THROUGH

■ overcoming difficulty or danger to break through to get through (a test, an exam) to go through (sth unpleasant) to carry sth through to come through (an operation) to bring sb through

to make a new advance or discovery to come successfully to the end of to experience, to endure to bring to a successful end to survive to save someone who is ill

faire une découverte passer, réussir passer par mener à bien survivre soigner, sauver

■ quick repetition, revision or checking to look through

to examine, to study

to come through (of news, results)

to become publicly known

Lesson five

donner un coup d’œil à, parcourir apparaître

Phrasal verbs with INTO

■ unexpected changes to grow into to come into (a fortune) to get into sb to run into sb to run into sth to turn into

to become as a result of growing to inherit to influence someone so as make them act strangely to meet unexpectedly to get into an unpleasant or difficult situation to change into

se transformer en, devenir hériter de rentier dans tomber sur se heurter a des problèmes se transformer en

■ intentional forceful behaviour to break into

to enter by force

s’introduire dans

■ careful consideration to look into (evidence)

to investigate

examiner

225

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson six

Phrasal verbs with OVER

■ finishing to turn sth over to sb to take over (a business) to be over to come over (of a feeling)

to give the control or conduct of sth to somebody to gain control over sth to be finished to take possession of

remettre à prendre le contrôle de se terminer surmonter

■ overcoming difficulties to get over (a difficulty)

to overcome

vaincre, se remettre de

■ reviewing or checking to examine esp. quickly to check

to look over to go over

Lesson seven

étudier examiner

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ increasing to rise, to increase to develop from being a child to being an adult

augmenter grandir

éprouver apparaître créer, tracer

to look up (information) to turn up (of a problem) to come up with (a solution)

to develop to appear to prepare and usually put into written form to increase or become gradually larger to find information in a book to happen, esp. unexpectedly to think of

■ starting to set up (a business) to take up (a hobby)

to establish to interest oneself in sth

to go up (of prices, numbers) to grow up

■ appearing or creating to work up (a feeling) to come up to draw up (a plan, a contract) to build up (a list)

Lesson eight

créer, étendre vérifier, trouver surgir, arriver trouver, imaginer monter commencer à

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ finishing or stopping to break up (of a relationship) to use up to bring up (children) to grow up (of children) to give up (a relationship) to end up

to stop being together to finish completely to educate and care for to develop from being a child to being an adult to finish to be in the end

finir utiliser entièrement éduquer grandir, mûrir laisser tomber finir comme

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant to come up against (a problem, a difficulty)

to meet, to encounter

se heurter à

226

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to face up to to put up with to live up to (expectations)

Lesson nine

to be brave enough to accept or deal with sth to tolerate, to bear patiently to keep to the high standards of

affronter supporter, tolérer être à la hauteur de

Phrasal verbs with DOWN

■ decreasing to make or become calm

to calm down

se calmer

■ failing to satisfy to fall down (of a plan) to get sb down to let sb down to break down

to fail or be ineffective to depress to disappoint to lose control of one’s feelings

échouer déprimer quelqu’un décevoir quelqu’un être déprimé

to reject

refuser

to criticise, to punish or speak with severe disapproval to consider oneself superior to to say rude or unfair things about

s’en prendre à quelqu’un

■ rejecting to turn down (a request, an offer)

■ criticizing to come down on sb to look down on sb to run sb down

Lesson ten

prendre quelqu’un de haut critiquer

Phrasal verbs with AWAY

■ leaving or escaping to get away to go away to run away to be carried away

to manage to escape to leave a place to escape to be filled with a strong feeling or emotions

s’enfuir partir fuir être obnubilé par

■ losing or not having any more to throw away to give away to fade away to turn away

to get rid of to give freely to disappear gradually to refuse to let in

jeter se débarasser de disparaître renvoyer, ne pas laisser entrer

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON ■ continuing to carry on to get on (well) with sb

to continue to have a friendly relationship

continuer bien s’entendre avec

to become old

vieillir

■ showing gradual changes to get on (of a person)

227

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to put on (weight) to grow on sb

to increase in weight and grow fatter to become gradually more pleasing

prendre du poids commence à plaire à quelqu’un

■ starting to try on (clothes) to take on sb to bring sth on/upon sb

to put on a garment to see whether it fits and looks well to start to employ to cause sth unpleasant to happen to

essayer embaucher amener quelque chose à quelqu’un

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK ■ recollecting to look back to bring back (memories) to come back to sb

to remember to cause to remember to return to the memory

se souvenir de rappeler quelque chose revenir à quelqu’un

to obtain again after a loss to return to a former place to return sth to its owner

récupérer revenir rendre

to admit that one was wrong in what one said to delay the development of

(se) retirer

■ returning to get back to go back to give back

■ delaying or withdrawing to take back to set sth back

ralentir

228

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Wörterbuch Lesson one

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ finishing or stopping to run out (of supplies, time) to cut out (of a motor) to put out (a fire, a light) to turn sb out to go out (of a fire, a light) to work out (an answer)

to have no more to stop suddenly to cause to stop burning to force to leave, to send away to stop burning or shining to find by reasoning or calculating

zu Ende gehen (an)halten ausmachen entlassen verlöschen sich ausdenken, ausarbeiten

to perform or complete

durchführen, erfüllen

to distribute to cover or include a greater area

verteilen sich ausbreiten

■ performing or fulfilling to carry out (an action, a duty)

■ spreading to give out to spread out

Lesson two

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ starting, appearing to turn out to come out to set out to break out (of a war, a fight) to bring out (a product)

to gather for a meeting, a public event to appear to begin a journey to begin to introduce for sale

erscheinen, sich sammeln erscheinen aufbrechen beginnen (Krieg, Kampf) auf den Markt bringen (ein Produkt)

■ making known to give out (a date, news)

to announce

to turn out to put out (a statement, a warning) to come out (of the truth)

to happen to be in the end to produce, broadcast or print; to issue to become clear or publicly known

to find out

to discover

Lesson three

bekannt geben (ein Datum, Nachrichten) sich erweisen bekannt geben aufkommen, zum Vorschein kommen, bekannt werden entdecken

Phrasal verbs with OFF

■ disconnecting or not working properly to go off

to stop operating

to give off (a smell, gas) to break off (of a part) to cut off

to emit to become separated from to disconnect or discontinue

aufhören zu funktionieren, ausgehen ausstoßen abbrechen abschneiden

229

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ leaving to take off to set off

to have a holiday from work to begin a journey

to see sb off

to go to an airport, a station with someone who is beginning a journey to leave the ground and rise

to take off (of a plane)

sich frei nehmen aufbrechen, sich auf den Weg machen begleiten

starten

■ discouraging or stopping to put sb off

to discourage

to wear off (of a feeling)

to become less strong or to be reduced until it disappears

jmd. die Lust auf etwas nehmen enden

■ completing successfully to come off (of a plan) to carry off (a part, an action, a duty)

Lesson four

to succeed to perform easily and successfully

gelingen Erfolg haben, gewinnen

Phrasal verbs with THROUGH

■ overcoming difficulty or danger to break through to get through (a test, an exam) to go through (sth unpleasant) to carry sth through to come through (an operation) to bring sb through

to make a new advance or discovery to come successfully to the end of to experience, to endure to bring to a successful end to survive to save someone who is ill

entdecken bestehen durchgehen, überstehen bis zum Ende führen durchkomme überstehen durchbringen, retten

■ quick repetition, revision or checking to look through to come through (of news, results)

Lesson five

to examine, to study to become publicly known

durchsehen erscheinen

Phrasal verbs with INTO

■ unexpected changes to grow into to come into (a fortune) to get into sb

to become as a result of growing to inherit to influence someone so as make them act strangely

to run into sb

to meet unexpectedly

to run into sth

to get into an unpleasant or difficult situation to change into

to turn into

werden vererben passieren, in etwas geraten, sich verändern (etwas ist in jdn gefahren) jdn. zufällig treffen, zusammenstossen in Schierigkeiten geraten sich wandeln in

230

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ intentional forceful behaviour to enter by force

to break into

einbrechen

■ careful consideration to investigate

to look into (evidence)

Lesson six

in etwas hineinschauen, prüfen

Phrasal verbs with OVER

■ finishing to turn sth over to sb to take over (a business) to be over to come over (of a feeling)

to give the control or conduct of sth to somebody to gain control over sth to be finished to take possession of

weitergeben, aushändigen übernehmen zu Ende sein überfallen (Gefühl)

■ overcoming difficulties to get over (a difficulty)

to overcome

überwinden

■ reviewing or checking to examine esp. quickly to check

to look over to go over

Lesson seven

durchsehen prüfen

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ increasing to rise, to increase to develop from being a child to being an adult

steigen aufwachsen, groß werden

hereinfallen, verfallen erscheinen, auftauchen erstellen, niederschreiben

to look up (information) to turn up (of a problem)

to develop to appear to prepare and usually put into written form to increase or become gradually larger to find information in a book to happen, esp. unexpectedly

to come up with (a solution)

to think of

to go up (of prices, numbers) to grow up

■ appearing or creating to work up (a feeling) to come up to draw up (a plan, a contract) to build up (a list)

anlegen, aufbauen nachsehen, nachschlagen unerwartet erscheinen, auftauchen finden, sich etwas ausdenken, einfallen lassen

■ starting to set up (a business) to take up (a hobby)

to establish to interest oneself in sth

gründen anfangen

231

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson eight

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ finishing or stopping to break up (of a relationship) to use up to bring up (children) to grow up (of children) to give up (a relationship) to end up

to stop being together to finish completely to educate and care for to develop from being a child to being an adult to finish to be in the end

aufhören, beenden verbrauchen erziehen aufwachsen, heranwachsen, groß werden aufhören, beenden als …enden, in …

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant to meet, to encounter

stoßen auf sich … stellen

to put up with

to be brave enough to accept or deal with sth to tolerate, to bear patiently

to live up to (expectations)

to keep to the high standards of

to come up against (a problem, a difficulty) to face up to

Lesson nine

vertragen, tolerieren, dulden erfüllen (Erwartungen)

Phrasal verbs with DOWN

■ decreasing to make or become calm

to calm down

sich beruhigen

■ failing to satisfy to fall down (of a plan) to get sb down

to fail or be ineffective to depress

to let sb down

to disappoint

to break down

to lose control of one’s feelings

versagen, nicht gelingen jdn. fertig machen, deprimieren jmdn. enttäuschen, jmdn. im Stich lassen zusammenbrechen

to reject

ablehnen, abweisen

to criticise, to punish or speak with severe disapproval to consider oneself superior to to say rude or unfair things about

jdn. tadeln

■ rejecting to turn down (a request, an offer)

■ criticizing to come down on sb to look down on sb to run sb down

Lesson ten

auf jdn. herabschauen kritisieren

Phrasal verbs with AWAY

■ leaving or escaping to get away to go away to run away to be carried away

to manage to escape to leave a place to escape to be filled with a strong feeling or emotions

davonkommen, wegkommen verreisen, wegfahren fliehen sich hinreisen lassen, hingerissen werden

232

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ losing or not having any more to throw away to give away to fade away to turn away

to get rid of to give freely to disappear gradually to refuse to let in

wegwerfen verteilen, weggeben verschwinden nicht herein lassen, zurückweisen

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON ■ continuing to carry on to get on (well) with sb

to continue to have a friendly relationship

fortsetzen Gut mit jdm. auskommen

to become old to increase in weight and grow fatter to become gradually more pleasing

alt werden (an Gwicht) zunehmen

■ showing gradual changes to get on (of a person) to put on (weight) to grow on sb

passen, gefallen

■ starting to try on (clothes) to take on sb to bring sth on/upon sb

to put on a garment to see whether it fits and looks well to start to employ to cause sth unpleasant to happen to

anprobieren beschäftigen über jdn. bringen, jdm. zufügen

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK ■ recollecting to look back to bring back (memories)

to remember to cause to remember

to come back to sb

to return to the memory

zurückblicken, zurücksehen sich erinnern an etwas, Erinnerungen zurückrufen in den Sinn kommen

■ returning to get back

to obtain again after a loss

to go back

to return to a former place

to give back

to return sth to its owner

wiedererlangen, zurückbekommen zurückkommen, zurückgehen zurückgeben

■ delaying or withdrawing to take back to set sth back

to admit that one was wrong in what one said to delay the development of

zurücknehmen, aufhalten, behindern

233

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - 表表表 Lesson one

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ finishing or stopping to have no more

to run out (of supplies, time) to cut out (of a motor) to put out (a fire, a light) to turn sb out

to stop suddenly to cause to stop burning

to go out (of a fire, a light) to work out (an answer)

（もの）を使い果たす、品物・時間など）を切 らす、（（が）なくなる （エンジンなどが）止まる （明かり・火を）消す

to force to leave, to send away to stop burning or shining

解雇する、首にする

to find by reasoning or calculating

努力して理解する、解く

（灯火・火などが）消える

■ performing or fulfilling to carry out (an action, a duty)

to perform or complete

（任務を）遂行する、実行する

to distribute to cover or include a greater area

配る, 配布する 広げる、普及する

■ spreading to give out to spread out

Lesson two

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ starting, appearing to turn out to come out to set out to break out (of a war, a fight) to bring out (a product)

to gather for a meeting, a public event to appear to begin a journey to begin

現れる、集まる

to introduce for sale

世に出る、現われる 旅にたつ、出発する （火事・戦争・暴動・流行病などが）突発する、 起こる （新製品などを）製造する、世に出す、売り出す

to announce

発表する

to happen to be in the end to produce, broadcast or print; to issue to become clear or publicly known to discover

結局…と分かる、…結果をもたらす 発表する、発令する

■ making known to give out (a date, news) to turn out to put out (a statement, a warning) to come out (of the truth) to find out

知れる、分かる 見つける、発見する

234

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson three

Phrasal verbs with OFF

■ disconnecting or not working properly to go off to give off (a smell, gas) to break off (of a part) to cut off

to stop operating to emit to become separated from to disconnect or discontinue

（ガス・水道・電熱器などが）止まる、切れる （蒸気・臭気・光などを）発する、放出する （ポキンと）折れる （エンジンを）切る、（人を）切り離す

■ leaving to have a holiday from work to begin a journey to go to an airport, a station with someone who is beginning a journey to leave the ground and rise

to take off to set off to see sb off

to take off (of a plane)

休みとして都合する、休みを取る 旅にたつ、出発する 見送る

出発する、離陸する

■ discouraging or stopping to put sb off to wear off (of a feeling)

to discourage to become less strong or to be reduced until it disappears

（人の）意欲をなくさせる、気をそぐ 弱まる、疲れる、終わる

■ completing successfully to come off (of a plan) to succeed to carry off (a part, an to perform easily and successfully action, a duty)

Lesson four

成功する、計画通りにできる うまく切り抜ける、うまく実行する

Phrasal verbs with THROUGH

■ overcoming difficulty or danger to make a new advance or discovery to get through (a test, an to come successfully to the end of exam) to experience, to endure to go through (sth unpleasant) to bring to a successful end to carry sth through to survive to come through (an operation) to save someone who is ill to bring sb through to break through

突破口を切り開く （試験などに）合格する、（実験で）成功す る （苦難など）を経験する （仕事などを）やり通す、成し遂げる （手術を）乗り越える （人に困難・病気など）を乗り越えさせる

■ quick repetition, revision or checking to look through to come through (of news, results)

to examine, to study to become publicly known

目を通す 出てくる、現われる

235

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson five

Phrasal verbs with INTO

■ unexpected changes to grow into to come into (a fortune) to get into sb to run into sb to run into sth to turn into

to become as a result of growing to inherit to influence someone so as make them act strangely to meet unexpectedly to get into an unpleasant or difficult situation to change into

…に成長する （財産・権利）を受け継ぐ …考えが頭にとりつく （人）に偶然会う …の状態に陥る …に変化する、になる

■ intentional forceful behaviour to enter by force

to break into

…に侵入（乱入）する

■ careful consideration to investigate

to look into (evidence)

Lesson six

…を調べる、研究する

Phrasal verbs with OVER

■ finishing to turn sth over to sb to take over (a business) to be over to come over (of a feeling)

to give the control or conduct of sth to somebody to gain control over sth to be finished to take possession of

引き渡す 乗っ取る 終わる 急に（…の感じに）なる

■ overcoming difficulties to get over (a difficulty)

to overcome

（障害・困難など）を乗り切る、乗り越える

■ reviewing or checking to look over to go over

Lesson seven

to examine esp. quickly to check

目を通す 入念に調べる

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ increasing to go up (of prices, numbers) to grow up

to rise, to increase

（値段などが）上がる

to develop from being a child to being an adult

伸びる、成長する、成人する

■ appearing or creating to work up (a feeling) to come up

to develop to appear

熱狂する 話題に上る

236

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to draw up (a plan, a contract) to build up (a list) to look up (information) to turn up (of a problem) to come up with (a solution)

to prepare and usually put into written form to increase or become gradually larger to find information in a book to happen, esp. unexpectedly to think of

（計画を）立てる、（文書を）作成する

to establish to interest oneself in sth

（組織・事業などを）設立する、起こす 取り上げる、始める（趣味など）

築き上げる、作る （辞書を）ひく、調べる （突然）現われる （問題の解決の案など）を示す、提案する

■ starting to set up (a business) to take up (a hobby)

Lesson eight

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ finishing or stopping to break up (of a relationship) to use up to bring up (children) to grow up (of children) to give up (a relationship) to end up

to stop being together

（結婚）破綻する

to finish completely to educate and care for to develop from being a child to being an adult to finish

使い果たす 成長させる、育てる 成長する、成人する、大きくなる

to be in the end

（最後には）…に終わる、になる

あきらめる、やめる

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant to meet, to encounter

to come up against (a problem, a difficulty) to face up to

to be brave enough to 直面する accept or deal with sth to tolerate, to bear patiently …を我慢する to keep to the high （期待に）応える standards of

to put up with to live up to (expectations)

Lesson nine

（困難・反対に）ぶつかる

Phrasal verbs with DOWN

■ decreasing to calm down

to make or become calm

落ち着く

■ failing to satisfy to fall down (of a plan)

to fail or be ineffective

to get sb down to let sb down to break down

to depress to disappoint to lose control of one’s feelings

（計画・主張などが）くずれる、失敗に終わ る （人を）めいらせる、がっかりさせる （人を）失望させる 壊れる、衰える、泣き崩れる

237

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ rejecting to turn down (a request, an offer)

to reject

（提案、お願いを）拒絶する

to criticise, to punish or speak with severe disapproval to consider oneself superior to to say rude or unfair things about

しかりつける、厳しく非難する

■ criticizing to come down on sb

to look down on sb to run sb down

Lesson ten

見下す （人を）けなす、そしる

Phrasal verbs with AWAY

■ leaving or escaping to get away to go away to run away to be carried away

to manage to escape to leave a place to escape to be filled with a strong feeling or emotions

逃げる、脱出する 立ち去る 逃げる 夢中になる

■ losing or not having any more to throw away to give away to fade away

to get rid of to give freely to disappear gradually

to turn away

to refuse to let in

捨てる 贈る、引き渡す （若さ・新鮮さ・美しさ・強さなどが） 衰える、弱まる （人を）追い払う

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON ■ continuing to carry on to get on (well) with sb

to continue to have a friendly relationship

続けていく、進める 仲よくやっていく

■ showing gradual changes to get on (of a person) to put on (weight) to grow on sb

to become old to increase in weight and grow fatter to become gradually more pleasing

（人が）年をとる （体重・肉などが）増す 気に入る、気に入るようになる

to put on a garment to see whether it fits and looks well to start to employ to cause sth unpleasant to happen to

試着する

■ starting to try on (clothes) to take on sb to bring sth on/upon sb

（人を）雇う （人に問題を）引き起こす

238

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK ■ recollecting to look back to bring back (memories) to come back to sb

to remember to cause to remember

思い出す 思い出させる

to return to the memory

思い出される

to obtain again after a loss to return to a former place to return sth to its owner

取り戻す 戻る、帰る 返す、戻す

■ returning to get back to go back to give back

■ delaying or withdrawing to take back to set sth back

to admit that one was wrong in what one said to delay the development of

（言ったことを）取り消す 遅れさせる、止めさせる

239

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Słowniczek Lesson one

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ finishing or stopping to run out (of supplies, time) to cut out (of a motor) to put out (a fire, a light) to turn sb out to go out (of a fire, a light) to work out (an answer)

to have no more to stop suddenly to cause to stop burning to force to leave, to send away to stop burning or shining to find by reasoning or calculating

skończyć się zatrzymać się zgasić zwolnić kogoś zgasnąć wymyślić

to perform or complete

przeprowadzić

to distribute to cover or include a greater area

rozdać rozprzestrzenić się

■ performing or fulfilling to carry out (an action, a duty)

■ spreading to give out to spread out

Lesson two

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ starting, appearing to turn out to come out to set out to break out (of a war, a fight) to bring out (a product)

to gather for a meeting, a public event to appear to begin a journey to begin to introduce for sale

pojawić się, zebrać pojawiać się wyruszyć w podróż zacząć się wprowadzić na rynek

■ making known to give out (a date, news) to turn out to put out (a statement, a warning) to come out (of the truth) to find out

Lesson three

to announce to happen to be in the end to produce, broadcast or print; to issue to become clear or publicly known to discover

ogłosić okazać się ogłosić wyjść na jaw odkryć

Phrasal verbs with OFF

■ disconnecting or not working properly to go off to give off (a smell, gas) to break off (of a part) to cut off

to stop operating to emit to become separated from to disconnect or discontinue

przestać działać, zgasnąć wydzielać, emitować odpaść odciąć

to have a holiday from work to begin a journey

wziąć wolne wyruszyć w podróż

■ leaving to take off to set off

240

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to go to an airport, a station with someone who is beginning a journey to leave the ground and rise

to see sb off

to take off (of a plane)

odprowadzić

wystartować

■ discouraging or stopping to put sb off to wear off (of a feeling)

to discourage to become less strong or to be reduced until it disappears

zniechęcić skończyć się

to succeed to perform easily and successfully

udać się przeprowadzić z sukcesem

■ completing successfully to come off (of a plan) to carry off (a part, an action, a duty)

Lesson four

Phrasal verbs with THROUGH

■ overcoming difficulty or danger to break through to get through (a test, an exam) to go through (sth unpleasant) to carry sth through to come through (an operation) to bring sb through

to make a new advance or discovery to come successfully to the end of to experience, to endure to bring to a successful end to survive to save someone who is ill

dokonać odkrycia przejść przez, zdać przejść przez, przetrwać przeprowadzić do końca przeżyć przywrócić do zdrowia, uratować

■ quick repetition, revision or checking to look through to come through (of news, results)

Lesson five

to examine, to study to become publicly known

przejrzeć pojawić się

Phrasal verbs with INTO

■ unexpected changes to grow into to come into (a fortune) to get into sb to run into sb to run into sth to turn into

to become as a result of growing to inherit to influence someone so as make them act strangely to meet unexpectedly to get into an unpleasant or difficult situation to change into

wyrosnąć na otrzymać w spadku „wstąpić” w kogoś wpaść na kogoś przez przypadek wpaść w kłopoty zmienić się w

■ intentional forceful behaviour to break into

to enter by force

włamać się

to investigate

przejrzeć

■ careful consideration to look into (evidence)

241

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson six

Phrasal verbs with OVER

■ finishing to turn sth over to sb to take over (a business) to be over to come over (of a feeling)

to give the control or conduct of sth to somebody to gain control over sth to be finished to take possession of

przekazać przejąć skończyć się ogarnąć

to overcome

przezwyciężyć

to examine esp. quickly to check

przejrzeć sprawdzić

■ overcoming difficulties to get over (a difficulty)

■ reviewing or checking to look over to go over

Lesson seven

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ increasing to rise, to increase to develop from being a child to being an adult

wzrosnąć dorastać

wpadać w pojawić się stworzyć, spisać

to look up (information) to turn up (of a problem)

to develop to appear to prepare and usually put into written form to increase or become gradually larger to find information in a book to happen, esp. unexpectedly

to come up with (a solution)

to think of

sprawdzić, znaleźć pojawić się niespodziewanie znaleźć, wymyślić

to establish to interest oneself in sth

założyć zacząć

to go up (of prices, numbers) to grow up

■ appearing or creating to work up (a feeling) to come up to draw up (a plan, a contract) to build up (a list)

stworzyć, poszerzać

■ starting to set up (a business) to take up (a hobby)

Lesson eight

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ finishing or stopping to break up (of a relationship) to use up to bring up (children) to grow up (of children) to give up (a relationship) to end up

to stop being together to finish completely to educate and care for to develop from being a child to being an adult to finish to be in the end

skończyć się zużyć wychować dorosnąć zakończyć skończyć jako…

242

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant to come up against (a problem, a difficulty) to face up to to put up with to live up to (expectations)

Lesson nine

to meet, to encounter

napotkać

to be brave enough to accept or deal with sth to tolerate, to bear patiently to keep to the high standards of

stawić czoło znosić, tolerować sprostać

Phrasal verbs with DOWN

■ decreasing to make or become calm

uspokoić się

to fail or be ineffective to depress to disappoint to lose control of one’s feelings

nie udać się załamać kogoś zawieść kogoś załamać się

to reject

odrzucić

„naskoczyć” na kogoś

to look down on sb

to criticise, to punish or speak with severe disapproval to consider oneself superior to

to run sb down

to say rude or unfair things about

to calm down

■ failing to satisfy to fall down (of a plan) to get sb down to let sb down to break down

■ rejecting to turn down (a request, an offer)

■ criticizing to come down on sb

Lesson ten

patrzeć z wyższością na kogoś krytykować

Phrasal verbs with AWAY

■ leaving or escaping to get away to go away to run away to be carried away

to manage to escape to leave a place to escape to be filled with a strong feeling or emotions

zdołać uciec wyjechać uciec być ogarniętym przez

■ losing or not having any more to throw away to give away to fade away to turn away

to get rid of to give freely to disappear gradually to refuse to let in

wyrzucić rozdać zniknąć nie wpuścić

243

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON ■ continuing to carry on to get on (well) with sb

to continue to have a friendly relationship

kontynuować być z kimś w dobrych stosunkach

to become old to increase in weight and grow fatter to become gradually more pleasing

starzeć się przybierać na wadze

■ showing gradual changes to get on (of a person) to put on (weight) to grow on sb

przypaść do gustu

■ starting to try on (clothes) to take on sb to bring sth on/upon sb

to put on a garment to see whether it fits and looks well to start to employ to cause sth unpleasant to happen to

przymierzyć zatrudnić sprowadzić na kogoś

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK ■ recollecting to look back to bring back (memories) to come back to sb

to remember to cause to remember to return to the memory

sięgać pamięcią przypominać coś przypominać się

to obtain again after a loss to return to a former place to return sth to its owner

odzyskać wrócić oddać

to admit that one was wrong in what one said to delay the development of

wycofać, odwołać to, co się powiedziało wstrzymać, opóźniać

■ returning to get back to go back to give back

■ delaying or withdrawing to take back to set sth back

244

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Glosario Lesson one

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ finishing or stopping to run out (of supplies, time) to cut out (of a motor) to put out (a fire, a light) to turn sb out to go out (of a fire, a light) to work out (an answer)

to have no more to stop suddenly to cause to stop burning to force to leave, to send away to stop burning or shining to find by reasoning or calculating

agotarse, quedarse sin calarse, apagarse apagar echar del trabajo extinguir pensar, resolver

to perform or complete

llevar a cabo, realizar

to distribute to cover or include a greater area

distribuir propagarse

■ performing or fulfilling to carry out (an action, a duty)

■ spreading to give out to spread out

Lesson two

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ starting, appearing to turn out to come out to set out to break out (of a war, a fight) to bring out (a product)

to gather for a meeting, a public event to appear to begin a journey to begin to introduce for sale

acudir salir, aparecer ponerse en camino estallar sacar al mercado

■ making known to give out (a date, news) to turn out to put out (a statement, a warning) to come out (of the truth) to find out

Lesson three

to announce to happen to be in the end to produce, broadcast or print; to issue to become clear or publicly known to discover

anunciar ocurrir, suceder publicar salir a la luz averiguar, descubrir

Phrasal verbs with OFF

■ disconnecting or not working properly to go off to give off (a smell, gas) to break off (of a part) to cut off

to stop operating to emit to become separated from to disconnect or discontinue

apagar, estropearse despedir, emitir romper cortar, aislar, incomunicar

to have a holiday from work to begin a journey

tomarse (tiempo libre) salir, ponerse en camino

■ leaving to take off to set off

245

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to see sb off

to take off (of a plane)

to go to an airport, a station with someone who is beginning a journey to leave the ground and rise

ir a despedir a alguien

despegar

to discourage to become less strong or to be reduced until it disappears

quitar terminar, pasar, desaparecer

to succeed to perform easily and successfully

salir llevar a cabo

■ discouraging or stopping to put sb off to wear off (of a feeling)

■ completing successfully to come off (of a plan) to carry off (a part, an action, a duty)

Lesson four

Phrasal verbs with THROUGH

■ overcoming difficulty or danger to break through to get through (a test, an exam) to go through (sth unpleasant) to carry sth through to come through (an operation) to bring sb through

to make a new advance or discovery to come successfully to the end of to experience, to endure to bring to a successful end to survive to save someone who is ill

abrirse paso, despuntar pasar experimentar, pasar sacar adelante recuperarse salvar

■ quick repetition, revision or checking to look through to come through (of news, results)

Lesson five

to examine, to study to become publicly known

hojear ocurrir

Phrasal verbs with INTO

■ unexpected changes to grow into to come into (a fortune) to get into sb to run into sb to run into sth to turn into

to become as a result of growing to inherit to influence someone so as make them act strangely to meet unexpectedly to get into an unpleasant or difficult situation to change into

volverse, hacerse heredar metérsele a alguien algo en la cabeza toparse con alguien meterse en convertirse en

■ intentional forceful behaviour to break into

to enter by force

forzar, entrar (para robar)

to investigate

examinar, investigar

■ careful consideration to look into (evidence)

246

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson six

Phrasal verbs with OVER

■ finishing to turn sth over to sb to take over (a business) to be over to come over (of a feeling)

to give the control or conduct of sth to somebody to gain control over sth to be finished to take possession of

ceder, transferir absorver, asumir el control terminar sobrevenir, apoderarse de

to overcome

recuperarse

to examine esp. quickly to check

examinar revisar

■ overcoming difficulties to get over (a difficulty)

■ reviewing or checking to look over to go over

Lesson seven

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ increasing to go up (of prices, numbers) to grow up

to rise, to increase to develop from being a child to being an adult

subir crecer

to develop to appear to prepare and usually put into written form to increase or become gradually larger to find information in a book to happen, esp. unexpectedly to think of

poner surgir preparar, elaborar hacer

to establish to interest oneself in sth

montar, establecer empezar a hacer

■ appearing or creating to work up (a feeling) to come up to draw up (a plan, a contract) to build up (a list) to look up (information) to turn up (of a problem) to come up with (a solution)

buscar surgir pensar, encontrar

■ starting to set up (a business) to take up (a hobby)

Lesson eight

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ finishing or stopping

to give up (a relationship)

to stop being together to finish completely to educate and care for to develop from being a child to being an adult to finish

to end up

to be in the end

to break up (of a relationship) to use up to bring up (children) to grow up (of children)

terminarse, romperse acabar, gastar educar crecer darse por vencido, dejar algo acabar, terminar

247

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant to come up against (a problem, a difficulty) to face up to to put up with to live up to (expectations)

Lesson nine

to meet, to encounter

enfrentarse a

to be brave enough to accept or deal with sth to tolerate, to bear patiently to keep to the high standards of

asumir aguantar, soportar estar a la altura

Phrasal verbs with DOWN

■ decreasing to calm down

to make or become calm

tranquilizarse

to fail or be ineffective to depress to disappoint to lose control of one’s feelings

fallar (un plan) deprimir decepcionar sufrir un colapso

to reject

rechazar

to criticise, to punish or speak with severe disapproval to consider oneself superior to to say rude or unfair things about

quejarse de alguien

■ failing to satisfy to fall down (of a plan) to get sb down to let sb down to break down

■ rejecting to turn down (a request, an offer)

■ criticizing to come down on sb to look down on sb to run sb down

Lesson ten

mirar con desprecio criticar

Phrasal verbs with AWAY

■ leaving or escaping to get away to go away to run away to be carried away

to manage to escape to leave a place to escape to be filled with a strong feeling or emotions

irse marcharse escaparse dejarse llevar

■ losing or not having any more to throw away to give away to fade away to turn away

to get rid of to give freely to disappear gradually to refuse to let in

tirar regalar apagarse lentamente rechazar

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON ■ continuing to carry on to get on (well) with sb

to continue to have a friendly relationship

continuar, seguir llevarse bien con alguien

248

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ showing gradual changes to get on (of a person) to put on (weight) to grow on sb

to become old to increase in weight and grow fatter to become gradually more pleasing

hacerse viejo, envejecer engordar empezar a gustar

■ starting to try on (clothes) to take on sb to bring sth on/upon sb

to put on a garment to see whether it fits and looks well to start to employ to cause sth unpleasant to happen to

probarse contratar provocar

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK ■ recollecting to look back to bring back (memories) to come back to sb

to remember to cause to remember to return to the memory

recordar traer ( a la memoria) recordar

to obtain again after a loss to return to a former place to return sth to its owner

recuperar regresar, volver devolver

to admit that one was wrong in what one said to delay the development of

retirar

■ returning to get back to go back to give back

■ delaying or withdrawing to take back to set sth back

retrasar

249

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Словарик Lesson one

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ finishing or stopping to run out (of supplies, time) to cut out (of a motor) to put out (a fire, a light) to turn sb out to go out (of a fire, a light) to work out (an answer)

to have no more to stop suddenly to cause to stop burning to force to leave, to send away to stop burning or shining to find by reasoning or calculating

кончиться (о запасах) остановиться (о моторе) погасить уволить кого-либо погаснуть придумать, составить (ответ)

to perform or complete

провести, выполнять

to distribute to cover or include a greater area

распределить распространиться

■ performing or fulfilling to carry out (an action, a duty)

■ spreading to give out to spread out

Lesson two

Phrasal verbs with OUT

■ starting, appearing to come out to set out to break out (of a war, a fight)

to gather for a meeting, a public event to appear to begin a journey to begin

to bring out (a product)

to introduce for sale

to turn out

прибывать, собираться выходить отправляться вспыхивать, разражаться показывать, производить (продукт)

■ making known to give out (a date, news) to turn out to put out (a statement, a warning) to come out (of the truth)

to announce to happen to be in the end to produce, broadcast or print; to issue to become clear or publicly known

to find out

to discover

Lesson three

объявлять стать, оказаться издавать, объявлять обнаруживаться, проявляться понять, раскрыть

Phrasal verbs with OFF

■ disconnecting or not working properly to go off

to stop operating

to give off (a smell, gas) to break off (of a part) to cut off

to emit to become separated from to disconnect or discontinue

выключиться, погаснуть; сломаться выделять, испускать отламывать(ся) обрезать, отрезать; отсекать

250

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ leaving to take off

to have a holiday from work

to set off to see sb off

to begin a journey to go to an airport, a station with someone who is beginning a journey to leave the ground and rise

to take off (of a plane)

срываться (с места), брать выходной отправляться (в путь) провожать

взлететь

■ discouraging or stopping to put sb off

to discourage

to wear off (of a feeling)

to become less strong or to be reduced until it disappears

вызывать отвращение, отталкивать проходить (о чувстве)

■ completing successfully to come off (of a plan)

to succeed

to carry off (a part, an action, a duty)

to perform easily and successfully

Lesson four

иметь успех; удаваться (о планах) успешно закончить, выполнить

Phrasal verbs with THROUGH

■ overcoming difficulty or danger to get through (a test, an exam)

to make a new advance or discovery to come successfully to the end of

to go through (sth unpleasant)

to experience, to endure

to carry sth through to come through (an operation) to bring sb through

to bring to a successful end to survive to save someone who is ill

to break through

добиться успеха, сделать открытие справиться с чем-либо; выдержать экзамен испытывать, подвергаться доводить до конца остаться в живых спасти жизнь кому-либо

■ quick repetition, revision or checking to look through

to examine, to study

to come through (of news, results)

to become publicly known

Lesson five

просматривать (чтолибо) появляться, быть полученным (о новостях и т.п.)

Phrasal verbs with INTO

■ unexpected changes to grow into

to become as a result of growing

to come into (a fortune) to get into sb

to inherit to influence someone so as make them act strangely

превращаться, становиться с возрастом получать в наследство "вселяться" в кого-либо

251

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to run into sb

to meet unexpectedly

to run into sth

to get into an unpleasant or difficult situation to change into

to turn into

случайно встретить, столкнуться с кем-либо попадать в какое-либо положение превращать во (чтолибо)

■ intentional forceful behaviour to break into

to enter by force

вламываться

to investigate

исследовать

■ careful consideration to look into (evidence)

Lesson six

Phrasal verbs with OVER

■ finishing to turn sth over to sb to take over (a business) to be over to come over (of a feeling)

to give the control or conduct of sth to somebody to gain control over sth to be finished to take possession of

передавать дело другому вступать во владение заканчиваться охватить, овладеть (о чувствах)

■ overcoming difficulties to get over (a difficulty)

to overcome

преодолеть (трудности)

to examine esp. quickly to check

тщательно изучать проверять

■ reviewing or checking to look over to go over

Lesson seven

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ increasing to go up (of prices, numbers)

to rise, to increase

to grow up

to develop from being a child to being an adult

увеличиваться, повышаться (о количестве, цене и т. п.) взрослеть

■ appearing or creating to work up (a feeling)

to develop

to come up to draw up (a plan, a contract)

to look up (information) to turn up (of a problem)

to appear to prepare and usually put into written form to increase or become gradually larger to find information in a book to happen, esp. unexpectedly

to come up with (a solution)

to think of

to build up (a list)

возбуждать, вызывать (чувство) появляться составлять (план, договор) создавать, расширять искать (информацию) внезапно появляться (о проблеме) придумывать, находить (решение)

252

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ starting to establish to interest oneself in sth

to set up (a business) to take up (a hobby)

Lesson eight

учреждать браться (за что-либо); заниматься

Phrasal verbs with UP

■ finishing or stopping to break up (of a relationship)

to stop being together

to use up

to finish completely

to bring up (children)

to educate and care for

to grow up (of children)

to develop from being a child to being an adult to finish to be in the end

to give up (a relationship) to end up

распадаться; разваливаться (о семье, дружбе и т.п.) израсходовать; истратить вскармливать, воспитывать становиться взрослым порвать с кем-либо прийти к ситуации; докатиться

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant to come up against (a problem, a difficulty) to face up to to put up with to live up to (expectations)

Lesson nine

to meet, to encounter to be brave enough to accept or deal with sth to tolerate, to bear patiently to keep to the high standards of

встречаться с трудностями быть готовым к (трудностям) терпеть; мириться отвечать (ожиданиям)

Phrasal verbs with DOWN

■ decreasing to make or become calm

успокаивать(ся)

to fall down (of a plan)

to fail or be ineffective

to get sb down to let sb down to break down

to depress to disappoint to lose control of one’s feelings

потерпеть неудачу (о плане) нервировать разочаровать не выдержать, потерять самообладание

to calm down

■ failing to satisfy

■ rejecting to turn down (a request, an offer)

to reject

отвергать; отказывать

to criticise, to punish or speak with severe disapproval to consider oneself superior to to say rude or unfair things about

набрасываться (на коголибо) смотреть свысока пренебрежительно отзываться (о ком-либо)

■ criticizing to come down on sb to look down on sb to run sb down

253

Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson ten

Phrasal verbs with AWAY

■ leaving or escaping to get away to go away to run away to be carried away

to manage to escape to leave a place to escape to be filled with a strong feeling or emotions

удрать уезжать убегать быть восхищенным, увлеченным

■ losing or not having any more to throw away to give away to fade away to turn away

to get rid of to give freely to disappear gradually to refuse to let in

выбрасывать раздавать исчезать прогонять; не пускать

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON ■ continuing to carry on to get on (well) with sb

to continue to have a friendly relationship

продолжать уживаться, ладить (с кем-либо)

to become old to increase in weight and grow fatter to become gradually more pleasing

стареть прибавлять (в весе)

■ showing gradual changes to get on (of a person) to put on (weight) to grow on sb

нравиться все больше

■ starting to try on (clothes) to take on sb to bring sth on/upon sb

to put on a garment to see whether it fits and looks well to start to employ to cause sth unpleasant to happen to

примерять принимать на службу навлекать что-либо на кого-либо

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK ■ recollecting to look back

to remember

to bring back (memories)

to cause to remember

to come back to sb

to return to the memory

вспоминать, оглядываться на прошлое воскрешать в памяти, напоминать вспоминаться кому-либо

to obtain again after a loss to return to a former place to return sth to its owner

возвращать себе возвращаться возвращать кому-либо

to admit that one was wrong in what one said to delay the development of

брать обратно (сказанное) отсрочивать, откладывать

■ returning to get back to go back to give back

■ delaying or withdrawing to take back to set sth back

254